United States Environmental Protection Agency
Office of Water
Washington, DC
EPA841-B-04-004
Wadeable Streams Assessment
Field Operations
Manual
*4ssess the
July 2004
FINAL
-------
WADEABLE STREAM ASSESSMENT
FIELD OPERATIONS MANUAL
-------
NOTICE
The intention of the WSA project is to provide a comprehensive "State of the Streams"
assessment for streams across the United States. The complete documentation of overall WSA
project management, design, methods, and standards is contained in five companion
documents, including:
Wadeable Streams Assessment: Quality Assurance Project Plan
Wadeable Streams Assessment: Site Evaluation Guidelines
Wadeable Streams Assessment: Field Operations Manual
Wadeable Streams Assessment: Benthic Laboratory Methods
Wadeable Streams Assessment: Water Chemistry Laboratory Manual
This document (Field Operations Manual) contains a brief introduction, procedures to follow at
the base location and on-site, including methods for sampling water chemistry (grabs and in
situ), stream discharge, benthic macroinvertebrates, and physical habitat. These methods are
based on the guidelines developed and followed in the Western Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program (Peck et al. 2003). Methods described in this document are to be used
specifically in work relating to WSA. All Project Cooperators should follow these guidelines.
Mention of trade names or commercial products in this document does not constitute
endorsement or recommendation for use. More details on specific methods for site evaluation,
sampling, and sample processing can be found in the appropriate companion document.
The suggested citation for this document is:
USEPA. 2004. Wadeable Stream Assessment: Field Operations Manual. EPA841-B-
04-004. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water and Office of Research
and Development, Washington, DC.
i
-------
FOREWORD
The strategic plan of USEPA calls for a report on the results of a statistical survey of the
condition of the Nation's waters, conducted in cooperation with the states. Therefore, USEPA's
Office of Water with support from the Office of Research and Development is initiating a national
assessment of the ecological condition of wadeable streams by collaborating with state water
quality agencies. The result is a Wadeable Streams Assessment (WSA) Program that consists
of a comprehensive program for surveying, assessing, and diagnosing ecological condition.
This assessment will generate statistically valid estimates of the ecological health of streams
through sampling a representative assemblage of the aquatic community and associated
ecological data. A determination of related causes and sources of degradation to these aquatic
resources will be investigated.
This document contains the field operations and bioassessment methods for evaluating
the health and biological integrity of wadeable freshwater streams throughout the United States.
These methods can be used by state and tribal water quality agencies as well as USEPA
regional, enforcement, and research programs engaged in condition assessments and/or trends
monitoring for the effects of impacts on aquatic organisms, particularly benthic
macroinvertebrates in wadeable streams throughout the nation. The program addresses
methods and techniques for sample collection; sample preparation; processing of structural and
functional measures by using organism identification and enumeration; the survey and
evaluation of physical habitat structure; the computerization, analysis, and interpretation of
biological data; and ecological assessments.
Companion documents include the overall Quality Assurance Program Plan (QAPP) and
Laboratory Operations Manuals for processing the benthic macroinvertebrate assemblage
samples and water chemistry.
-------
ABSTRACT
The Wadeable Streams Assessment program focuses on the use of a consistent
scientific and technical tools for evaluating ecological conditions on regional and national
scales. The methods and instructions for field operations presented in this manual for surveys
of wadeable streams were initially developed and tested during 5 years of pilot and
demonstration projects (1993 - 1997) and modified for use in a study of streams in the Western
US (2000-2002). These projects were conducted under the sponsorship of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency and its collaborators through the Environmental Monitoring
and Assessment Program (EMAP). This document describes procedures for collecting data,
samples, and information about the benthic macroinvertebrate assemblage, environmental
measures, or attributes of indicators of stream ecosystem condition, and were developed based
on standard or accepted methods, modified as necessary to adapt them to sampling
requirements for the Wadeable Streams Assessment. They are intended for use in field studies
sponsored by the USEPA, or monitoring programs developed and implemented by various State
and tribal agencies. In addition to methodology, additional information on data management,
safety and health, and other logistical aspects is integrated into the procedures and overall
operations. Procedures are described for collecting field measurement data and/or acceptable
index samples for several response and stressor indicators, including water chemistry, physical
habitat, and benthic macroinvertebrate assemblages. The manual describes field
implementation of these methods and the logistical foundation constructed during field projects.
Flowcharts and other graphic aids provide overall summaries of specific field activities required
to visit a stream site and collect data for these indicators. Tables give step-by-step procedural
instructions. These figures and tables can be extracted and bound separately to make a
convenient quick field reference for field teams. The manual also includes example field data
forms for recording measurements and observations made in the field and sample tracking
information. Checklists of all supplies and equipment needed for each field task are included to
help ensure that these materials are available when required.
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
NOTICE i
FOREWORD ii
ABSTRACT iii
FIGURES vii
TABLES ix
ACRONYMS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND MEASUREMENT UNITS xi
1.0 INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 Overview of the Wadeable Streams Assessment Program 1
1.2 Integration with the EMAP Western Study 2
1.3 Summary of Ecological Indicators 3
1.3.1 Water Chemistry 4
1.3.2 Physical Habitat 4
1.3.3 Benthic Macroinvertebrate Assemblage 4
1.4 Objectives and Scope of the Field Operations Manual 5
1.5 Quality Assurance 5
2.0 OVERVIEW OF FIELD OPERATIONS 7
2.1 Daily Operational Scenario 7
2.2 Guidelines for Recording Data and Information 7
2.3 Safety and Health 8
2.3.1 General Considerations 8
2.3.2 Safety Equipment and Facilities 14
2.3.3 Safety Guidelines for Field Operations 14
2.4 Literature Cited 17
3.0 BASE LOCATION ACTIVITIES 19
3.1 Activities Before Each Stream Visit 19
3.1.1 Confirming Site Access 19
3.1.2 Daily Sampling Itinerary 19
3.1.3 Instrument Inspections and Performance Tests 21
3.1.3.1 Global Positioning Receiver 21
3.1.3.2 Current Velocity Meters 21
3.1.4 Preparation of Equipment and Supplies 21
3.2 Activities after Each Stream Visit 24
3.2.1 Equipment Care 24
3.2.2 Sample Packing, Shipment and Tracking 25
3.2.2.1 Water Chemistry 25
3.2.2.2 Benthic Macroinvertebrate Samples 27
iv
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Section Page
3.3 Status Reports 29
3.4 Equipment and Supplies 29
4.0 INITIAL SITE PROCEDURES 34
4.1 Site Verification Activities 34
4.1.1 Locating the Index Site 34
4.1.2 Determining the Sampling Status of a Stream 34
4.1.3 Sampling During or After Rain Events 38
4.1.4 Site Photographs 39
4.2 Laying out the Sampling Reach 39
4.3 Modifying Sample Protocols for High or Low Flows 42
4.3.1 Streams with Interrupted Flow 42
4.3.2 Partial Boatable/Wadeable Sites 44
4.3.3 Braided Systems 44
4.4 Equipment and Supplies 44
5.0 WATER CHEMISTRY 47
5.1 Sample Collection 47
5.2 Field Measurements 49
5.3 Equipment and Supplies 49
6.0 STREAM DISCHARGE 54
6.1 Velocity-Area Procedure 54
6.2 Timed Filling Procedure 54
6.3 Neutrally-Buoyant Object Procedure 58
6.4 Equipment and Supplies 60
7.0 PHYSICAL HABITAT CHARACTERIZATION 63
7.1 Components of the Habitat Characterization 64
7.2 Habitat Sampling Locations Within the Sampling Reach 66
7.3 Logistics and Work Flow 68
7.4 Thalweg Profile and Large Woody Debris Measurements 69
7.4.1 Thalweg Profile 69
7.4.2 Large Woody Debris Tally 76
7.5 Channel and Riparian Measurements at Cross-section Transects 76
7.5.1 Slope and Bearing 76
7.5.2 Substrate Size and Channel Dimensions 82
7.5.3 Bank Characteristics 86
7.5.4 Canopy Cover Measurements 89
7.5.5 Riparian Vegetation Structure 92
7.5.6 Instream Fish Cover, Algae, and Aquatic Macrophytes 95
7.5.7 Human Influence 96
7.5.8 Riparian "Legacy" Trees 97
v
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
Section Page
7.6 Channel Constraint, Debris Torrents, and Recent Floods 100
7.6.1 Channel Constraint 100
7.6.2 Debris Torrents and Recent Major Floods 100
7.7 Equipment and Supplies 105
8.0 BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES 108
8.1 Sample Collection 109
8.2 Sample Processing 109
8.3 Equipment and Supply Checklist 113
9.0 RAPID HABITAT AND VISUAL STREAM ASSESSMENTS 120
9.1 Rapid Habitat Assessment 120
9.2 Visual Stream Assessment 131
9.3 Equipment and Supplies 132
10.0 FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES 137
11.0 LITERATURE CITED 148
Appendices
A EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY CHECKLISTS
B FIELD FORMS AND DATA SHEETS
vi
-------
FIGURES
Figure Page
1-1. The geographic scope of the Wadeable Streams Assessment (WSA), stratified by
Ecoregion Level 2 2
2-1. General sequence of stream sampling activities 9
3-1. Activities conducted at base locations 20
3-2. Sample container labels 23
3-3. Sample tracking form for unpreserved samples 26
3-4. Sample tracking form for preserved samples 28
4-1. Verification Form (page 1) 35
4-2. Verification Form (page 2) 41
4-3. Sampling reach features 42
5-1. Completed sample labels for water chemistry 48
5-2. Sample Collection Form, showing data recorded for water
chemistry samples 50
5-3. Channel Constraint and Field Measurement Form, showing data recorded for
water chemistry 51
6-1. Layout of channel cross-section for obtaining discharge data by the velocity-area
procedure 56
6-2. Stream Discharge Form, showing data recorded for all discharge measurement
procedures 57
6-3. Use of a portable weir in conjunction with a calibrated bucket to obtain an
estimate of stream discharge 59
7-1. Sampling reach layout for physical habitat measurements (plan view) 67
7-2. Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris Form 72
7-3. Large woody debris influence zones 78
7-4. Channel slope and bearing measurements 79
7-5. Slope and Bearing Form 81
7-6. Substrate sampling cross-section 83
7-7. Channel/Riparian Cross-section and Thalweg Profile Form 85
7-8. Schematic showing bankfull channel and incision for channels 88
7.9. Determining bankfull and incision heights for (A) deeply incised channels, and
(B) streams in deep V-shaped valleys 90
7-10. Schematic of modified convex spherical canopy densiometer 91
7-11. Boundaries for visual estimation of riparian vegetation, fish cover, and
human influences 93
7-12. Riparian "Legacy" Tree and Invasive Alien Plant Form (Page 1) 99
7-13. Channel Constraint and Field Chemistry Form, showing data for channel
constraint 102
vii
-------
FIGURES (CONTINUED)
Figure Page
7-14. Torrent Evidence Assessment Form 104
7-15. Checklist of equipment and supplies for physical habitat 106
8-1. Modified D-frame kick net 108
8-2. Transect sampling design for the benthic macroinvertebrate sample 110
8-3. Sample Collection Form (page 1), showing information for the reach-wide and
targeted riffle benthic macroinvertebrate samples 114
8-4. Completed labels for benthic macroinvertebrate samples 116
8-5. Blank labels for benthic invertebrate samples 117
8-6. Equipment and supply checklist for benthic macroinvertebrates 118
9-1. Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for riffle/run prevalent streams 126
9-2. Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for pool/glide prevalent streams 128
9-3. Stream Assessment Form (page 1) 133
9-4. Checklist of equipment and supplies required for rapid habitat and visual
stream assessments 135
viii
-------
TABLES
Table Page
2-1. Estimated Times and Division of Labor for Field Activities 8
2-2. Guidelines for Recording Field Data and Other Information 10
2-3. General Health and Safety Considerations 13
2-4. General Safety Guidelines for Field Operations 16
3-1. General Performance Checks for Current Velocity Meters 22
3-2. Stock Solutions, Uses, and Instructions for Preparation 23
3-3. Equipment Care after Each Stream Visit 24
3-4. General Guidelines for Packing and Shipping Unpreserved
Samples 27
3-5. Field Data Sheets to be Shipped 30
3-6. Status Reporting 31
3-7. Summary of Base Location Activities and Supplies 32
4-1. Site Verification Procedures 36
4-2. Guidelines to Determine the Influence of Rain Events 38
4-3. Laying out the Sampling Reach 39
4-4. Modifications for Interrupted Streams 43
4-5. Modifications for Braided Streams 45
4-6. Equipment and Supplies Checklist for Initial Site Activities 45
5-1. Sample Collection Procedures for Water Chemistry 48
5-2. Equipment and Supplies for Water Chemistry 52
6-1. Velocity-area Procedure for Determining Stream Discharge 55
6-2. Timed Filling Procedure for Determining Stream Discharge 59
6-3. Neutrally Buoyant Object Procedure for Determining
Stream Discharge 60
6-4. Equipment and Supply Checklist for Stream Discharge 61
7-1. Components of Physical Habitat Characterization 65
7-2. Thalweg Profile Procedure 70
7-3. Channel Unit and Pool Forming Categories 74
7-4. Procedure for Tallying Large Woody Debris 77
7-5. Procedure for Obtaining Slope and Bearing Data 80
7-6. Substrate Measurement Procedure 84
7-7. Procedure for Measuring Bank Characteristics 87
7-8. Procedure for Canopy Cover Measurements 92
7-9. Procedure for Characterizing Riparian Vegetation
Structure 94
7-10. Procedure for Estimating Instream Fish Cover 96
7-11. Procedure for Estimating Human Influence 97
7-12. Procedure for Identifying Riparian Legacy Trees 98
7-13. Procedures for Assessing Channel Constraint 101
ix
-------
TABLES (CONTINUED)
Table Page
8-1. Procedure to Collect Benthic Macroinvertebrate Samples 111
8-2. Procedure for Preparing Composite Samples for
Benthic Macroinvertebrates 115
9-1. Descriptions of Parameters Used in the Rapid Habitat
Assessment of Streams 121
9-2. Procedure for Conducting the Rapid Habitat Assessment 125
9-3. Procedure for Conducting the Final Visual Assessment
Of a Stream 130
x
-------
ACRONYMS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND MEASUREMENT UNITS
Acronyms and Abbreviations
AFDM Ash-free dry mass
APA Acid/Alkaline Phosphatase Activity
BPJ Best Professional Judgment
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
CENR (White House) Committee on the Environment and Natural Resources
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
dbh Diameter at breast height
DC Direct Current
DIC Dissolved Inorganic Carbon
DLGs Digital Line Graphs
DO Dissolved oxygen
EERD Ecological Exposure Research Division
EMAP Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program
EMAP-SW Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program-Surface Waters Resource
Group
EMAP-WP Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program-Western Pilot study
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ERB Ecosystems Research Branch
GPS Global Positioning System
ID identification
LWD Large Woody Debris
MAHA Mid-Atlantic Highlands Assessment
MAIA Mid-Atlantic Integrated Assessment
NAWQA National Water-Quality Assessment Program
NERL National Exposure Research Laboratory
NHEERL National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory
ORD Office of Research and Development
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
P-Hab physical habitat
PVC polyvinyl chloride
QA quality assurance
QC quality control
RBP (EPA) Rapid Bioassessment Protocols
R-EMAP Regional Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program
SL Standard length
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
TIME Temporally Integrated Monitoring of Ecosystems
TL Total length
USGS United States Geological Survey
WED Western Ecology Division
WSA Wadeable Streams Assessment
YOY young of year
YSI Yellow Springs Instrument system
xi
-------
ACRONYMS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND MEASUREMENT UNITS
(CONTINUED)
Measurement Units
amps amperes
cm centimeter
ft foot
gal gallon
ha hectare
Hz Hertz
in inches
L liter
m meter
m2 square meters
mg/L milligram per liter
mm millimeter
l_im micrometer
|jS/cm microsiemens per centimeter
mS/cm millisiemens per centimeter
msec millisecond
ppm parts per million
psi pounds per square inch
V volts
VA volt-ampere
xii
-------
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This manual contains procedures for collecting samples and measurement data from
selected biotic and abiotic components of streams in the eastern United States for the
Wadeable Streams Assessment. These procedures were initially developed and used
between 1993 and 2003 in research studies of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's
(EPA) Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP), and published in
Lazorchak et al. (1998) and modified by Peck et al. (2003) for use on an extensive pilot
study in the western United States (EPA Regions 8, 9, and 10). The purposes of this
manual are to: (1) Document the procedures used in the collection of field data and various
types of samples for the Wadeable Streams Assessment (WSA) and (2) provide these
procedures for use by other groups implementing stream monitoring programs similar to
WSA and these procedures.
These procedures are designed for use during a 1-day visit by a crew of two or three
persons to sampling sites located on smaller, wadeable streams (generally stream order 1
through 3, or higher for semi-arid and arid regions of the U.S.). They were initially
developed based on information gained from a workshop of academic, State, and Federal
experts (Hughes, 1993), and subsequent discussions between aquatic biologists and
ecologists within the EPA Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP), with
scientists of the U.S. Geological Survey National Water Quality Assessment Program
(NAWQA), with biologists from the U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service, and with State and Regional
biologists within EPA Region 3. EMAP staff has also sought information from various
Federal and State scientists in the western U.S to refine these procedures.
1.1 Overview of the Wadeable Streams Assessment Program
Recent critiques of water monitoring programs have claimed that EPA and states
cannot make statistically valid inferences about water quality and ecological condition, and
lack data to support management decisions regarding the Nation's aquatic resources.
These critiques have stemmed from reviews of the General Accounting Office (2000), the
National Research Council (2001), the National Academy of Public Administration (2002),
the Heinz Center Report (2002), and most recently, the draft Report on the Environment
(2003). The primary reasons for this inability to produce adequate reporting of ecological
condition are (1) the targeted monitoring designs used by water quality agencies, which are
not conducive to extrapolation to comprehensive coverage, and (2) the question of
comparability of the ecological data gathering tools, which, to date, have precluded
aggregating data and/or assessments for regional and national scales.
The WSA intends to maximize partnerships among EPA, states and tribes, and other
agencies to use the best combination of monitoring tools and strategies to answer key
environmental questions at national, and regional scales, and to establish a framework to
address issues at state and local scales. EPA's strategy for effectively targeting water
quality actions that maximizes benefits and saves costs focuses on four key aspects, i.e.,
strengthen state programs, promote partnerships, use multiple monitoring tools, and expand
accessibility and use of data.
The basic intent of the WSA is to build upon previous large-scale programs, such as
EMAP and NAWQA, and to benefit from existing state agency expertise and knowledge of
1
-------
aquatic resources. Randomly generated sampling locations will enable assessment and
reporting at regional scales (e.g., level 2 ecoregion, EPA region). Standard operating
procedures (SOPs) and a strict quality assurance (QA) program will be used to ensure data
integrity for the assessments. The data collection from approximately 1000 stream sites in
the western United States (EPA Regions 8-10) over a 5-year period (2000 to 2004) will be
complemented by a scheduled sampling of 500 stream sites in 2004 throughout EPA
Regions 1-7 (Figure 1-1). A report summarizing the results of the WSA and Western
Streams Studies to Congress is scheduled for December 2005.
Sites
Alternate
Primary
1600 Miles
s
Figure 1-1. The geographic scope of the =Wadeable Streams Assessment (WSA), Level 2
ecoregions are shown.
1.2 INTEGRATION WITH THE EMAP WESTERN STUDY
A major geographic study within EMAP has targeted the states and tribal nations in
the western conterminous U.S (Regions 8, 9, 10) and conducted over the past four years.
Details regarding this research initiative can be found in the peer-reviewed research plan
(U.S. EPA, 2000). The purpose for this western study was to further advance the science of
monitoring and to demonstrate the application of core tools from EMAP in monitoring and
assessment across the west. When the analyses and report are complete, the western
2
-------
geographic study will serve to advance both the science of monitoring and the application of
monitoring to policy, provide an opportunity to push the science and its application to new
levels, both in terms of the type of systems addressed (mountainous and arid systems) and
the size of the region covered (essentially one third of the conterminous U.S), and
demonstrate the application of EMAP designs in answering the urgent and practical
assessment questions facing the western EPA Regional Offices, while framing these unique
studies in a methodology that can be extended to the entire nation. WSA builds upon this
framework and completes the extension of the ecological assessment country-wide.
The primary objectives of the Western Pilot Study (EMAP-WP), the surface waters
component of the Western Geographic Study, are to:
1. Develop the monitoring tools (biological indicators, stream survey design,
estimates of reference condition) necessary to produce unbiased estimates of the
ecological condition of surface waters across a large geographic area (or areas)
of the West; and
2. Demonstrate those tools in a large-scale assessment.
The goal of EMAP-WP is to provide answers to three general assessment questions:
1. What proportion of stream and river miles in the western U.S. are in acceptable
(or poor) biological condition?
2. What is the relative importance of potential stressors (habitat modification,
sedimentation, nutrients, temperature, grazing, timber harvest, etc.) in streams
and rivers across the West?; and
3. What stressors are associated with streams and rivers in poor biological
condition?
The resource population of interest for EMAP-WP are all perennial streams and
rivers as represented in EPA's River Reach File (RF3), with the exception of the "Great
Rivers" (the Columbia, Snake, Colorado and Missouri Rivers). The pilot study utilized an
EMAP probability design to select sites which are statistically representative of the resource
population of interest. This allows an extrapolation of ecological results from the sites
sampled to the entire population. A comprehensive set of ecological indicators were
implemented in a coarse survey of streams and rivers across all of the West (the
conterminous portions of EPA Regions 8, 9 and 10). Sample sizes (i.e., numbers of stream
sites) were chosen to allow eventual estimates of condition to be made for each state,
numerous aggregated ecological regions (e.g., mountainous areas of the Pacific states, the
Southern Basin and Range), major river basins, and many other potential geographic
classifications. This survey design is more detailed than will be used in the WSA. However,
the integration of EMAP-WP with the planned sampling of the eastern US will enable a first-
time assessment of the ecological condition of the nation's streams at a regional scale.
1.3 SUMMARY OF ECOLOGICAL INDICATORS
The following sections describe the rationale for each of the ecological indicators
currently included in the stream sampling procedures presented in this manual. Evaluation
activities to determine the suitability of individual indicators to robustly determine ecological
condition are ongoing at this time. This information is presented to help users understand
3
-------
the various field procedures and the significance of certain aspects of the methodologies.
Consistent with EMAP and state water quality agencies, two principal types of
indicators, condition and stressor (U.S. EPA, 1998) will be considered in the WSA.
Condition indicators are biotic or abiotic characteristics of an ecosystem that can provide an
estimate of the condition of an ecological resource with respect to some environmental
value, such as biotic integrity. Stressor indicators are characteristics that are expected to
change the condition of a resource if the intensity or magnitude is altered.
1.3.1 Water Chemistry
Data are collected from each stream for a variety of physical and chemical
constituents. Information from these analyses is used to evaluate stream condition with
respect to stressors such as acidic deposition, nutrient enrichment, and other inorganic
contaminants. In addition, streams can be classified with respect to water chemistry type,
water clarity, mass balance budgets of constituents, temperature regime, and presence of
anoxic conditions. Examples of relationships between stream chemistry and watershed-
level land use data are described in Herlihy et al. (1998).
1.3.2 Physical Habitat
Naturally occurring differences among surface waters in physical habitat structure
and associated hydraulic characteristics contributes to much of the observed variation in
species composition and abundance within a zoogeographic province. The structural
complexity of aquatic habitats provides the variety of physical and chemical conditions to
support diverse biotic assemblages and maintain long-term stability. Anthropogenic
alterations of riparian areas and stream channels, wetland drainage, grazing and
agricultural practices, and stream bank modifications such as revetments or development,
generally act to reduce the complexity of aquatic habitat and result in a loss of species and
ecosystem degradation.
Stressor indicators derived from data collected about physical habitat quality will be
used to help explain or characterize stream condition relative to various condition indicators.
Important attributes of physical habitat in streams are channel dimensions, gradient,
substrate characteristics; habitat complexity and cover; riparian vegetation cover and
structure; disturbance due to human activity, and channel-riparian interaction (Kaufmann,
1993). Overall objectives for this indicator are to develop quantitative and reproducible
indices, using both multivariate and multimetric approaches, to classify streams and to
monitor biologically relevant changes in habitat quality and intensity of disturbance.
Kaufmann et al. (1999) discuss procedures for reducing EMAP field habitat measurements
and observations to metrics that describe channel and riparian habitat at the reach scale.
1.3.3 Benthic Macroinvertebrate Assemblage
Benthic macroinvertebrates inhabit the sediment or live on the bottom substrates of
streams. The macroinvertebrate assemblages in streams reflect overall biological integrity
of the benthic community, and monitoring these assemblages is useful in assessing the
status of the water body and discerning trends. Benthic communities respond differently to
a wide array of stressors. As a result of this, it is often possible to determine the type of
4
-------
stress that has affected a benthic macroinvertebrate community (Plafkin et al., 1989; Klemm
et al., 1990; Barbour et al. 1999). Because many macroinvertebrates have relatively long
life cycles of a year or more and are relatively immobile, macroinvertebrate community
structure is a function of past conditions.
The basic approach to developing ecological indicators based on benthic
invertebrate assemblages is to identify different structural and functional attributes of the
assemblage that will serve as endpoints for measuring differences in condition. Individual
attributes or metrics that respond to different types of stressors are compared against
expectations under conditions of minimal human disturbance (Kerans and Karr 1994, Fore
et al. 1996, Barbour et al. 1995; 1996, Wright 1995, Norris 1995). Secondly, indicators of
condition based on multivariate analysis of benthic assemblages and associated abiotic
variables will be examined. A data analysis plan will be developed in consultation with a
technical experts workgroup.
1.4 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF THE FIELD OPERATIONS MANUAL
The field-related sampling and data collection activities in this manual are organized
to follow the sequence of field activities during the 1-day site visit. Section 2 presents a
general overview of all field activities. Section 3 presents those procedures that are
conducted at a "base" location before and after a stream site visit. Section 4 presents the
procedures for verifying the site location and defining a reach of the stream where
subsequent sampling and data collection activities are conducted. Sections 5 through 9
describes the procedures for collecting samples and field measurement data for various
condition and stressor indicators. Specific procedures associated with each indicator are
presented in standalone tables that can be copied, laminated, and taken into the field for
quick reference. Section 10 describes the final activities that are conducted before leaving a
stream site. Appendix A contains a list of all equipment and supplies required by a crew to
complete all field activities at a stream. Field teams are required to keep the field operations
and methods manual available in the field for reference and to address questions pertaining
to protocols that might arise.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Large-scale and/or long-term monitoring programs such as those envisioned for
WSA require a rigorous QA program that can be implemented consistently by all
participants throughout the duration of the monitoring period. QA is a required element of all
EPA-sponsored studies that involve the collection of environmental data (Stanley and
Verner, 1986). A QA project plan was prepared for the WSA and distributed to all
participants. The QA project plan contains more detailed information regarding QA/QC
activities and procedures associated with general field operations, sample collection,
measurement data collection for specific indicators, laboratory operations, and data
reporting activities.
Quality control (QC) activities associated with field operations are integrated into the
field procedures. Important QC activities associated with field operations include a compre-
hensive training program that includes practice sampling visits, and the use of a qualified
museum facility or laboratory to confirm any field identifications of biological specimens.
5
-------
NOTES
6
-------
2.0 OVERVIEW OF FIELD OPERATIONS
This section presents a general overview of the activities a 2- or 3-person field team
conducts during a typical 1-day sampling visit to a stream site. General guidelines for
recording data and using standardized field data forms and sample labels are also pre-
sented. Finally, safety and health considerations and guidelines related to field operations
are provided.
2.1 DAILY OPERATIONAL SCENARIO
Table 2-1 provides the estimated time required to conduct various field activities.
Figure 2-1 presents one scenario of the general sequence of activities conducted at each
stream reach. For some wide, shallow streams, the required reach length and/or the larger
area requiring sampling effort may necessitate two days be allocated for completing all
required activities.
Upon arrival at a stream site, verify and document the site location, determine the
length of stream reach to be sampled, and establish the required transects (Section 4).
Then collect samples and field measurements for water chemistry (Section 5) and benthos
(Section 6). Then determine discharge (Section 7), and conduct the intensive physical
habitat characterization (Section 8). Finally, conduct a habitat characterization based on the
Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (RBPs; Barbour et al. 1999) and a visual stream assess-
ment (Section 9). After all field activities have been completed, prepare samples for
transport and shipment (Section 3).
2.2 GUIDELINES FOR RECORDING DATA AND INFORMATION
During the 1-day visit to a stream, a field team is required to obtain and record a
substantial amount of data and other information for all of the various ecological indicators
described in Section 1.3. In addition, all the associated information for each sample
collected must be recorded on labels and field data forms to ensure accurate tracking and
subsequent linkage of other data with the results of sample analyses. Examples of field
labels and data forms can be found in each sampling section.
The field data forms are designed to be compatible with an optical scanner system
to allow rapid conversion of the printed form into one or more electronic files and reduce the
need for manual data entry. While these forms should facilitate data recording by the field
crew, it is imperative that field and sample information be recorded accurately, consistently,
and legibly. Measurement data that cannot be accurately interpreted by others besides the
field teams, and/or samples with incorrect or illegible information associated with them, are
lost to the program. The cost of a sampling visit coupled with the short index period
prohibits the ability to re-sample a stream because the initial information recorded was
inaccurate, illegible, or missing. Some guidelines to assist field personnel with recording
information are presented in Table 2-2. Examples of completed data forms and labels are
presented in the sections describing field sampling and measurement procedures for
different indicators.
7
-------
TABLE 2-1. ESTIMATED TIMES AND DIVISION OF LABOR FOR FIELD ACTIVITIES
Activity Estimated Time Required
Site verification and establishing sampling reach and 1 hr
transects
Water chemistry sampling and stream discharge determi- 1 hr
nation
Collecting and processing benthos samples 1 hr
Intensive physical habitat characterization 2 to 3 hr
Rapid habitat assessment 0.5 hr
Visual stream assessment
Sample tracking and packing 1 hr
SUMMARY 7 to 8 hrs per team3
a For wider wadeable streams (e.g., > 20 m, it may require more than 1 day to complete all required activities.
2.3 SAFETY AND HEALTH
Collection and analysis of samples (e.g., benthic invertebrates, water chemistry, and
sediment) can involve significant risks to personal safety and health (drowning, pathogens,
etc.). While safety is often not considered an integral part of field sampling routines,
personnel must be aware of unsafe working conditions, hazards connected with the
operation of sampling gear, boats, environmental surroundings, and other risks (Berry et al.,
1983). Personnel safety and health are of the highest priority for all investigative activities
and must be emphasized in safety and health plans for field, laboratory, and materials
handling operations. Preventative safety measures and emergency actions must also be
emphasized. Individual states and other grantees should assign health and safety responsi-
bilities and have an established program for training in safety, accident reporting, and
medical and first aid treatment. Safety documents and standard operating procedures
(SOPs) containing necessary and specific safety precautions should be available to all field
personnel. Additional sources of information regarding field laboratory safety related to
biomonitoring studies include Berry et al. (1983), USEPA (1986), and Ohio EPA (1990).
2.3.1 General Considerations
Important considerations related to field safety are presented in Table 2-3. It is the
responsibility of the group safety officer or project leader to ensure that the necessary
safety courses are taken by all field personnel and that all safety policies and procedures
are followed. Sources of information regarding safety-related training include the American
Red Cross (1989), the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (1981), U.S.
Coast Guard (1987) and Ohio EPA (1990).
Persons using sampling devices should become familiar with the hazards involved
and establish appropriate safety practices prior to using them. If boats are used to access
sampling sites, personnel must consider and prepare for hazards associated with the
8
-------
/ \
SITE LOCATION AND VERIFICATION
• Verify stream and reach locations
• Mark index site and cross-section transects
2 Persons
1 Person
REACH LAYOUT
• Mark index site and determine reach
length
• "Slide" reach if necessary
^ • Mark cross-section transects ^
PHYSICAL HABITAT CHARACTERIZATION
(Intensive)
• Thalweg profile measurements
• Large woody debris tally
• Bank characteristics
• Substrate size and channel dimensions
• Canopy density
• Riparian vegetation types and structure
• Instream fish cover
• Human disturbance
• Legacy tree
• Channel Constraint
• Torrent evidence
WATER CHEMISTRY
Collect samples
Conduct field measurements
BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES
Collect samples at transect sampling points
Prepare composite samples for stream reach
STREAM DISCHARGE
Locate suitable cross-section
Collect depth and velocity measurements
BENTHIC MACROIN VERTEBRATES
Process composite samples
SITE ASSESSMENT
Conduct RBP habitat evaluation
Conduct visual assessment
NEXT DAY ACTIVITIES
Ship samples and data forms
Travel to next stream
FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES
Review field data forms
Inspect and package samples
Clean up stream site
Figure 2-1. General sequence of stream sampling activities (modified from Chaloud
and Peck, 1994).
9
-------
operation of motor vehicles, boats, winches, tools, and other incidental equipment. Boat
operators should be familiar with U.S. Coast Guard rules and regulations for safe boating
contained in a pamphlet, "Federal Requirements for Recreational Boats," available from a
local U.S. Coast Guard Director or Auxiliary or State Boating Official (U.S. Coast Guard,
1987). All boats with motors must have fire extinguishers, boat horns, life jackets or
flotation cushions, and flares or communication devices.
^^^Byj^=GUID|UN|SJOR=R|CORDINGFI|LDDA^ANDOTH|R=INFORMATION=
Field Measurements:
Data Recording:
Record measurement values and/or observations on data forms preprinted on water-resistant paper.
Headers on the second pages of all forms link the data. Fill in all headers of all pages or data will be
lost or linked to the wrong site record (this is a good one to review at the end of the day).
NEVER EVER mark on or around the cornerblocks or ID Box (the squares in the corners and the
funky box with the number over it.) These markings are crucial to the scanning software and
changing them in any way will affect performance.
Write legibly. Use a dark pencil lead that is at least a No. 2 for softness (HB), or use a dark pen.
Your writing must be dark enough to be picked up by the scanner. Erase mistakes
CAREFULLY and completely and write the correct value whenever you can. Note that erasing
may cause the scanner to see smudge even though the value can be clearly seen. If you must
line out an incorrect value, place the correct value nearby the appropriate box so the data entry
operator can easily find it.
Use all caps when filling in the name fields on the forms. Clearly distinguish letters from numbers
(e.g., 0 versus O, 2 versus Z, 7 versus T or F, etc.). Do not put lines through 7's, O's, orZ's. Do
not use slashes. Below are examples of lettering that are readable by the scanning software:
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
4
K
L
M
N
0
?
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
*
Z
o
2
3
4
&
b
1
8
It is not necessary to write in all caps in the long comments sections on the Stream Verification and
Stream Assessment forms, but write legibly (because the data entry operators still need to read
it to type it in.) Avoid marginal notes, etc. Be concise, but avoid using abbreviations and/or
"shorthand" notations. If you run out of space, attach a sheet of paper with the additional
information, rather than trying to squeeze everything into the space provided on the form.
When you need to circle a choice, make a medium-sized circle around your choice.
For square boxes, mark inside the box with an "X". For circles ("bubbles"), fill in completely.
(continued)
10
-------
TABLE 2-2 (continued)
Record data and information so that all entries are obvious. Enter data completely in every field that
you use. Follow the "comb" guidelines-print each number or letter in the individual space
provided. Keep letters and numerals from overlapping. Record data to the number of decimal
places provided on the forms. Illegible information is equivalent to no information.
If the measurement for a field is zero, enter zero. If left blank, it will be recorded as missing data.
(There are parts of forms that are left blank when they are not being used. A typical example is
page two of the field measurement form. Usually only one type of velocity and discharge
information is taken and the unused areas of the form are left blank).
If the field calls for meters, write the answer in meters. Do not fill in a number and put (cm) for units.
Also, do not record any additional decimal places (we just end up doing the rounding for you.)
Record information on each line, even if it has to be recorded repeatedly on a series of lines (e.g.
physical habitat characteristics, pebble sizes). DO NOT USE "ditto marks" or a straight vertical
line to indicate repeated entries.
Data Qualifiers (Flags'):
Use only defined flag codes from the list below and record on data form in appropriate field. If the
information is important enough to write on the page, use an "Fn" flag and put it in the comment
section. A given "Fn" flag means the same thing for a given form; you may start a new sequence of
"Fn" flags on different forms. If you have been instructed to collect a piece of information for which
there is no space on the form, choose a flag and comment section, and use them consistently.
FLAG COMMENT
F1, F2, Miscellaneous comments assigned by field crew (e.g., pipe on
etc. bank near sampling point)
K Sample not collected; No measurement or observation made
U Non-standard or suspect sample, measurement or observation
Q Unacceptable QC check associated with measurement
Z Last station sampled before next transect
If you cannot take a measurement, leave the measurement field blank and put the K flag in the Flag
column.
Dist. from
Velocity
Depth
Bank
1
0
0
0
2
10
-0.1
0.6
3
20
0.8
1.0
4
30
2.3
K
Too deep to sample
(continued)
11
-------
TABLE 2-2 (continued)
Review of Data Forms:
Have someone who did not fill in the forms review them at the end of the day. Some information is
duplicated. Sometimes, however, when one measurement is missing, as many as 100 other
metrics based on that measurement are lost. Be thorough.
Example: SiteJD
Visit Date
Missing Data
Increment (on the back of the Thalweg form)
Returning the Forms
Return the originals
If you want a copy of the data, make a photocopy and keep it.
Try to keep the forms in their original order.
Do not staple the forms together.
Include a list of sites visited. Please include a list with Site ID and Visit Date for forms being returned.
Sample Labels and Tracking
Sample Labels:
Sample Labels- Use adhesive labels with preprinted ID numbers and a standard recording format for
each type of sample.
Record information on labels using a fine-point indelible marker. Cover completed labels with clear
tape.
Sample Tracking Information:
Record sample ID number from the label and associated collection information on sample collection
form. Use a dark pencil or pen.
Complete any sample tracking forms required. Include tracking forms with all sample shipments.
(continued)
12
-------
TABLE 2-2 (continued)
Sample Qualifiers (Flags):
Use only defined flag codes and record on sample collection form in appropriate field.
K Sample not collected or lost before shipment; re-sampling not possible.
U Nonstandard or suspect sample (e.g., possible contamination, does not meet minimum
acceptability requirements, or collected using a nonstandard procedure)
Fn Miscellaneous flags (n=1, 2, etc.) assigned by a field team for a particular sample or
shipment.
Explain all flags in comments section on sample collection form.
Review of Labels and Collection Forms:
The field team compares information recorded on labels, sample collection forms, and tracking forms
for accuracy before leaving a stream. Make sure Sample ID numbers match on all forms.
TABLE 2-3. GENERAL HEALTH AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
Training:
• First aid
• Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
• Vehicle safety (e.g., operation of 4-wheel drive vehicles)
• Boating and water safety (if boats are required to access sites)
• Field safety (e.g., weather conditions, personal safety, orienteering, reconnaissance of sites
prior to sampling
• Equipment design, operation, and maintenance
• Handling of chemicals and other hazardous materials
Communications
• Check-in schedule
• Sampling itinerary (vehicle used and its description, time of departure, travel route, estimated
time of return)
• Contacts for police, ambulance, hospitals, fire departments, search and rescue personnel
• Emergency services available near each sampling site and base location
• Cell (or satellite) phone, if possible
Personal Safety
• Field clothing and other protective gear
• Medical and personal information (allergies, personal health conditions)
• Personal contacts (family, telephone numbers, etc.)
• Physical exams and immunizations
13
-------
A communications plan to address safety and emergency situations is essential. All
field personnel need to be fully aware of all lines of communication. Field personnel should
have a daily check-in procedure for safety. An emergency communications plan should
include contacts for police, ambulance, fire departments, hospitals, and search and rescue
personnel.
Proper field clothing should be worn to prevent hypothermia, heat exhaustion,
sunstroke, drowning, or other dangers. Field personnel should be able to swim. Chest
waders made of rubberized or neoprene material and suitable footwear must always be
worn with a belt to prevent them from filling with water in case of a fall. If a member of the
field sampling team is not a strong swimmer or feels uncomfortable in deep, fast flowing
water, a personal flotation device may be used.
Many hazards lie out of sight in the bottoms of lakes, rivers and streams. Broken glass
or sharp pieces of metal embedded in the substrate can cause serious injury if care is not
exercised when walking or working with the hands in such environments. Infectious agents
and toxic substances that can be absorbed through the skin or inhaled may also be present
in the water or sediment. Personnel who may be exposed to water known or suspected to
contain human or animal wastes that carry causative agents or pathogens must be
immunized against tetanus, hepatitis, typhoid fever, and polio. Biological wastes can also
be a threat in the form of viruses, bacteria, rickettsia, fungi, or parasites.
Prior to a sampling trip, personnel should determine that all necessary equipment is in safe
working condition. Good housekeeping practice should be followed in the field. These
practices protect staff from injury, prevent or reduce exposure to hazardous or toxic
substances, and prevent damage to equipment and subsequent down time and/or loss of
valid data.
2.3.2 Safety Equipment and Facilities
Appropriate safety apparel such as waders, lab coats, gloves, safety glasses, etc.
must be available and used when necessary. Bright colored caps (e.g., orange) should be
worn during field activities. First aid kits, fire extinguishers, and blankets must be readily
available in the field. A properly installed and operating fume hood must be provided in the
laboratory for use when working with chemicals that may produce dangerous fumes.
Cellular or satellite telephones and/or portable radios should be provided to field teams
working in remote areas for use in case of an emergency. Facilities and supplies must be
available for cleaning of exposed body parts that may have been contaminated by pollutants
in the water. Anti-bacterial soap and an adequate supply of clean water or ethyl alcohol, or
equivalent, should be suitable for this purpose.
2.3.3 Safety Guidelines for Field Operations
General safety guidelines for field operations are presented in Table 2-4. Personnel
participating in field activities on a regular or infrequent basis should be in sound physical
condition and have a physical examination annually or in accordance with Regional, State,
or organizational requirements. All surface waters and sediments should be considered
14
-------
potential health hazards due to toxic substances or pathogens. Persons must become
familiar with the health hazards associated with using chemical fixing and/or preserving
agents. Chemical wastes can cause various hazards due to flammability, explosiveness,
toxicity, causticity, or chemical reactivity. All chemical wastes must be discarded according
to standardized health and hazards procedures (e.g., National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health [1981]; U.S. EPA [1986]).
During the course of field research activities, field teams may observe violations of
environmental regulations, may discover improperly disposed hazardous materials, or may
observe or be involved with an accidental spill or release of hazardous materials. In such
cases it is important that the proper actions be taken and that field personnel do not expose
themselves to something harmful. The following guidelines should be applied:
First and foremost during any environmental incident, it is extremely important to
protect the health and safety of all personnel. Take any necessary steps to avoid
injury or exposure to hazardous materials. If you have been trained to take action
such as cleaning up a minor fuel spill during fueling of a boat, do it. However,
you should always error on the side of personal safety
Field personnel should never disturb, or even worse, retrieve improperly disposed
hazardous materials from the field and bring them back to a facility for "disposal".
To do so may worsen the impact to the area of the incident, may incur personal
liability, may incur liability for the team members and their respective organiza-
tions, may cause personal injury, or my cause unbudgeted expenditure of time
and money for proper treatment and disposal of the material. However, it is
important not to ignore environmental incidents. There is a requirement to notify
the proper authorities of any incident of this type. The appropriate authorities
may then take the necessary actions to properly respond to the incident.
For most environmental incidents, the following emergency telephone numbers
should be provided to all field teams: State or Tribal department of environmental
quality or protection, U.S. Coast Guard, and the U.S. EPA regional office. In the
event of a major environmental incident, the National Response Center may need
to be notified at 1-800-424-8802.
15
-------
TABLE 2-4. GENERAL SAFETY GUIDELINES FOR FIELD OPERATIONS
• Two persons must be present during all sample collection activities, and no one should be left
alone while in the field.
• Exposure to stream water and sediments should be minimized as much as possible. Use
gloves if necessary, and clean exposed body parts as soon as possible after contact.
• All electrical equipment must bear the approval seal of Underwriters Laboratories and must be
properly grounded to protect against electric shock.
• Use heavy gloves when hands are used to agitate the substrate during collection of benthic
macroinvertebrate samples.
• Use appropriate protective equipment (e.g., gloves, safety glasses) when handling and using
hazardous chemicals
• Persons working in areas where poisonous snakes may be encountered must check with the
local Drug and Poison Control Center for recommendations on what should be done in case of a
bite from a poisonous snake.
If local advice is not available and medical assistance is more than an hour away, carry a
snake bite kit and be familiar with its use.
• Any person allergic to bee stings, other insect bites, or plants (i.e., poison ivy, oak, sumac, etc.)
must take proper precautions and have any needed medications handy.
• Field personnel should also protect themselves against the bite of deer or wood ticks because of
the potential risk of acquiring pathogens that cause Rocky Mountain spotted fever and Lyme
disease.
• All field personnel should be familiar with the symptoms of hypothermia and know what to do in
case symptoms occur. Hypothermia can kill a person at temperatures much above freezing (up
to 10°C or 50°F) if he or she is exposed to wind or becomes wet.
• Field personnel should be familiar with the symptoms of heat/sun stroke and be prepared to
move a suffering individual into cooler surroundings and hydrate immediately.
• Handle and dispose of chemical wastes properly. Do not dispose any chemicals in the field.
2.4 LITERATURE CITED
American Red Cross. 1979. Standard First Aid and Personal Safety. American National
Red Cross. 269 pp.
Barbour, M.T., J. Gerritsen, B.D. Snyder, and J.B. Stribling. 1999. RapidBioassessment
Protocols for Use in Streams and Wadeable Rivers: Periphyton, Benthic
Macroinvertebrates, and Fish. Second Edition. EPA/841-B-99-002. U.S. Environmen-
tal Protection Agency, Office of Water, Assessment and Watershed Protection
Division, Washington, D.C.
16
-------
Berry, C.R. Jr., W.T. Helm, and J. M. Neuhold. 1983. Safety in fishery field work. pp. 43-
60 IN.: Nielsen, L.A., and D. L. Johnson (eds.). Fisheries Techniques. American
Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.
Chaloud, D. J., and D. V. Peck (eds.). 1994 Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
Program: Integrated Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Surface Waters Resource
Group. EPA 600/X-91/080. Revision 2.00. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Las Vegas, Nevada.
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. 1981. Occupational Health Guide-
lines for Chemical Hazards (Two Volumes). NIOSH/OSHA Publication No. 81-123.
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Ohio EPA. 1990. Ohio EPA Fish Evaluation Group Safety Manual. Ohio Environmental
Protection Agency, Ecological Assessment Section, Division of Water Quality Planning
and Assessment, Columbus, Ohio.
Plafkin, J.L., M.T. Barbour, K.D. Porter, S.K. Gross, and R.M. Hughes. 1989. Rapid
Bioassessment Protocols for Use in Streams and Rivers: Benthic Macroinvertebrates
and Fish. EPA/440/4-89/001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
D.C.
Reynolds, J. B. 1983. Electrofishing. pp. 147-163. }N: L. A. Nielsen and D. L. Johnson
(eds.). Fisheries Techniques. American Fisheries Society, Bethesda, MD.
U.S. Coast Guard. 1987. Federal Requirements for Recreational Boats. U.S. Department
of Transportation, United States Coast Guard, Washington, D.C.
U.S. EPA. 1986. Occupational Health and Safety Manual. Office of Planning and Manage-
ment, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
17
-------
NOTES
18
-------
3.0 BASE LOCATION ACTIVITIES
Field teams conduct a number of activities at a "base" location before and after
visiting each stream site. These activities are generally conducted on the same day as the
sampling visit. Close attention to these activities is required to ensure that the field teams
know where they are going, that access to the stream site is possible and permissible, that
all the necessary equipment and supplies are in good order to complete the sampling effort,
and that samples are packaged and shipped correctly and promptly. All samples must be
transported and/or presented for shipment in accordance with State, Federal, and
international regulations. Because of the large geographic area being sampled, it is critical
to minimize the potential for transferring exotic or nuisance species of plants and animals
(e.g., aquatic milfoil, zebra mussels), orwaterborne pathogens.
Figure 3-1 illustrates operations and activities that are conducted before and after
each visit to a stream site. Activities that are conducted after a stream visit include equip-
ment cleanup and maintenance, packing and shipping samples, and communications with
project management to report the status of the visit.
3.1 ACTIVITIES BEFORE EACH STREAM VISIT
Before each stream visit, each field team should confirm access to the stream site,
develop a sampling itinerary, inspect and repair equipment, check to make sure all supplies
required for the visit are available, and prepare sample containers. Procedures to
accomplish these activities are described in the following sections.
3.1.1 Confirming Site Access
Cooperators should assemble a dossier containing important locational and access
information for each stream they are scheduled to visit. Before visiting a stream, the field
crew must review the contents of the specific stream dossier. The landowner(s) listed in the
dossier should be contacted to confirm permission to sample and identify any revisions to
the information contained in the dossier.
3.1.2 Daily Sampling Itinerary
Team leaders are responsible for developing daily itineraries based upon the
sampling schedule provided. Review each stream dossier to ensure that it contains the
appropriate maps, contact information, copies of permission letters, and access instructions.
Determine the best access routes, call the landowners or local contacts to confirm
permission, confirm lodging plans for the upcoming evening, and coordinate rendezvous
locations with individuals who must meet with field teams prior to accessing a site. Use this
information to develop an itinerary for the stream. The itinerary should include anticipated
departure time, routes of travel, location of any intermediate stops (e.g., to drop off
samples, pick up supplies, etc.) and estimated time of arrival at the final destination after
completing the stream visit. This information (and any changes that occur due to
unforeseen circumstances), should be provided to the field coordinator or other central
contact person identified for the specific field study. Failure to adhere to the reported
19
-------
BEFORE EACH STREAM VISIT
Team Leader
Review stream dossier
information
Make access contacts
Prepare itinerary
Team Members
Test and calibrate oxygen meter
and conductivity meter (if used)
Initialize GPS (if necessary)
Prepare sample containers and
labels
Pack equipment and supplies using
checklist
SAMPLE STREAM
AFTER EACH STREAM VISIT
Team Leader
Review forms and labels
Record sample tracking information as required
Package and ship samples and data forms
File status report with field coordinator or other
central contact person
Team Members
Clean and check equipment; disinfect if
necessary
Charge or replace batteries
Assist with packing and shipping samples
Check and refuel vehicles
Obtain ice and other consumable supplies as
needed
6/98
Figure 3-1. Activities conducted at base locations.
20
-------
itinerary can result in the initiation of expensive search and rescue procedures and
disruption of carefully planned schedules. In addition, each team should carry individual
emergency medical and personal information with them, possibly in the form of a "safety
log" that remains in the vehicle (see Section 2).
3.1.3 Instrument Inspections and Performance Tests
Each field team is required to test and calibrate some instruments prior to departure
for the stream site. Required field instruments include a global positioning system (GPS)
receiver, a current velocity meter, and thermometer. Backup instruments should be
available if instruments fail the performance tests or calibrations described in the following
subsections.
3.1.3.1 Global Positioning System Receiver
Specific performance checks will vary among different brands of GPS receivers.
Follow the instructions in the receiver's operating manual to make sure the unit is
functioning properly. Turn on the receiver and check the batteries. Replace batteries
immediately if a battery warning is displayed. Make sure extra batteries are stored with the
receiver and will be available in the field if necessary. Follow the manufacturer's
instructions for initializing the receiver when it becomes necessary (e.g., before first use,
after replacing batteries, or if a new positional reference is required). Make sure the correct
datum (NAD27) is selected.
3.1.3.2 Current Velocity Meters
Field teams may be using one of three types of current velocity meters, a photo-
optical impeller type meter (e.g., Swoffer Model 2100) a vertical axis meter (e.g., Price type
AA), or an electromagnetic type meter (e.g., Marsh McBirney Model 201D). General
guidelines regarding performance checks and inspection of current meters are presented in
Table 3-1. Consult the operating manual for the specific meter and modify this information
as necessary.
3.1.4 Preparation of Equipment and Supplies
To ensure that all activities at a stream can be conducted completely and efficiently,
field teams should check all equipment and supplies before traveling to a stream site. In
addition, they should prepare the water chemistry sample containers for use.
Check the inventory of equipment and supplies prior to departure using the stream-
visit checklists presented in Appendix A. Pack the flow meter and sampling gear in such a
way as to minimize physical shock and vibration during transport. If necessary, prepare
stock preservative solutions as described in Table 3-2. Follow the regulations of the
Department of Transportation and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) for handling and transporting hazardous materials such as ethanol. These
requirements should be summarized for all hazardous materials being used for the project
and provided to field personnel. Transport ethanol in appropriate containers with absorbent
material.
21
-------
TABLE 3-1. GENERAL PERFORMANCE CHECKS FOR CURRENT VELOCITY METERS
Photoelectric Impeller Meters (e.g., Swoffer Model 2100)
Check that the calibration adjustment cover screws are tightly fitted on the display case.
Periodically check the condition of the connector fitting between the display unit and the
sensor.
Connect the sensor to the display unit and check the calibration value stored in memory. If
this value is less than the correct value for the display unit-sensor rotor combination, replace
the batteries.
Periodically perform a spin test of the rotor assembly, following the instructions in the meter's
operating manual. A displayed count value of 300 or greater is indicative of satisfactory
performance at low current velocities.
If a buzzing sound occurs when the rotor assembly is spun by hand, or if the shaft shows
visible wear, replace the rotor assembly.
Periodically examine the thrust-bearing nut on the rotor assembly. If a "cup" begins to form
on the bottom surface of the nut, it should be replaced.
Vertical-axis Meters (from Smoot and Novak, 1968)
Inspect the bucket and wheel hub assembly, yoke, cups, tailpiece, and the pivot point each
day before use.
Inspect the bearings and check the contact chamber for proper adjustment.
Periodically conduct a spin test of the meter. The minimum spin time is 1.5 minutes, while
the recommended time is between 3 and 4 minutes.
Electromagnetic Meters
Check the meter calibration daily as part of morning routine. Calibration value should be 2.00
+ 0.05.
Once per week, check the zero value using a bucket of quiescent water. Place the probe in
the bucket and allow to sit for 30 minutes with no disturbance. The velocity value obtained
should be 0.0 + 0.1. Adjust the meter zero if the value is outside this range.
22
-------
TABLE 3-2. STOCK SOLUTIONS, USES, AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION
SOLUTION
USE
PREPARATION
Bleach
(10%)
Ethanol (95%)
Clean and disinfect seines,
dip nets, kick nets, or other
equipment that is
immersed in the stream
Preservative for benthic
macroinvertebrate
samples.
Dilute 400 mL chlorine bleach solution to 4 L
with tap water.
None.
a Metcalf and Peck (1993)
b Peck and Metcalf (1991)
Inspect the vehicles every morning before departure. Refuel vehicles and conduct
maintenance activities the night before a sampling trip. Check vehicle lights, turn signals,
brake lights, and air pressure in the tires.
Sample containers for water chemistry can be labeled before departing from the
base location. Figure 3-2 illustrates the preprinted labels. Prepare a set of three water
chemistry sample containers all having the same ID number (one for the 4-L cubitainer and
two for the 60-mL syringes) and pre-labeled with the appropriate information (described in
Section 5). After labeling, place the syringes in their plastic container, and place the
cubitainer and beakers in a clean plastic bag to prevent contamination. Sample containers
for benthic samples CANNOT be pre-labeled before reaching the stream site. Problems in
sample tracking will result if containers are labeled and then are not used at a stream.
A1 >',R ^r|f 3"Y
J V 'ill
4%«c;n
REACH-WIDE BENTHOS
500000
Figure 3-2. Sample container labels.
23
-------
3.2 ACTIVITIES AFTER EACH STREAM VISIT
Upon reaching a lodging location after sampling a stream, the team reviews all
completed data forms and sample labels for accuracy, completeness, and legibility, and
makes a final inspection of samples. If information is missing from the forms or labels, the
team leader should fill in the missing information as accurately as possible. The team
leader initials all data forms after review. The other team member should inspect and clean
sampling equipment, check the inventory of supplies, and prepare samples for shipment.
Other activities include shipping samples, submitting sampling status and tracking
information to Tetra Tech, and communicating with the field coordinator or other central
contact person.
3.2.1 Equipment Care
Equipment cleaning procedures are given in Table 3-3. Inspect all equipment,
including nets, and clean off any plant and animal material. This effort ensures that
introductions of nuisance species do not occur between streams, and prevents possible
cross- contamination of samples. If nets cannot be cleaned thoroughly using water and
detergent, clean and disinfect them with a 10 percent chlorine bleach solution (Table 3-2).
Use bleach only as a last resort, as repeated use will destroy the net material. Take care to
avoid damage to lawns or other property.
^^^^^^^^Byj^3i=|QUIPM|NTCAREAFT|REACHSTR|AMVISI^^^^^^^=
1. General cleaning for biological contaminants (e.g., plant and animal material).
Prior to departing a stream, drain all water from all buckets used.
Inspect sampling gear and waders, boots, etc. for evidence of plant fragments or animal
remains and remove them.
At the base location, inspect kick nets, waders, and boots. Rinse with water and dry. If
there appears to be the potential for contamination, disinfect gear with a 10 percent bleach
solution.
2. Clean and dry other equipment prior to storage.
Rinse coolers with water to clean off any dirt or debris on the outside and inside.
Rinse all beakers used to collect water chemistry samples three times with deionized
water to prevent contamination of the next stream sample. Place the beakers in a 1-gallon
self-sealing plastic bag with a cubitainer for use at the next stream.
3. Inventory equipment and supply needs and relay orders to the Field Coordinator.
4. Remove GPS receivers from carrying cases and set up for pre-visit inspections and
performance tests.
5. Recharge all batteries overnight if possible (e.g., 12-V wet cells), computer battery). Replace
others (GPS, DO meter, current meter) as necessary.
6. Check and re-fuel vehicles if necessary.
7. Recheck data forms from the day's sampling activities. Make corrections and completions where
possible, and initial each form after review.
24
-------
3.2.2 Sample Packing, Shipment, and Tracking
Each field team packs and ships samples from each stream visit as soon as possible
after collection, normally the day following a stream visit. Field teams are provided with
specific information for the shipping destinations, contact persons, and the required shipping
schedule for each type of sample. Record sample tracking information (including sample
types, sample ID numbers, and other field-related information that is required by the
laboratory to conduct analyses and associate results to a specific sample and stream site)
during the packing process. After each shipment, file a status report with the field
coordinator.
3.2.2.1 Water Chemistry Samples
Record sample information onto a tracking form as shown in Figure 3-3. A separate
tracking form is required for each shipping destination (e.g., analytical laboratory). Use the
standard codes provided on the form to record the type of sample and its condition. Record
all "subsample" types (cubitainer and syringe for water chemistry in the comments field. In
some cases, a field crew may sample more than one site before shipping samples; in such
cases, there will be more than one entry per tracking form. Prepare one additional copy of
the form (a photocopy is acceptable). Retain the original copy of each form to prepare the
status report for the site (Section 3.3), and then include it as part of the data forms packet for
the site. Include the copy as a "packing list" in the shipment. Water chemistry samples are
shipped to the EPA analytical laboratory facility in Corvallis (Willamette Research Station
[WRS]), and possibly to a local laboratory (if a concurrent analysis is being done). The
address is pre-printed on the sample tracking form (Figure 3-3).
General guidelines for packing and shipping unpreserved water chemistry samples
are presented in Table 3-4. Use ice substitute packs whenever possible to avoid potential
leakage due to melting ice. When shipping samples using ice, use fresh ice. Use block ice
when available, sealed in a large plastic bags. If block ice is not available, contain the ice in
several self-sealing plastic bags. Label each bag of ice as "ICE" with an indelible marker to
prevent any leakage of meltwater from being misidentified by couriers as a possible
hazardous material spill. If ice substitute packs are used, place each pack into a self-sealing
plastic bag before use.
Ship water chemistry samples as soon as possible after collection in order to meet
holding time requirements for some laboratory analyses (especially pH and nutrients). To
ship water chemistry samples, place a large (30-gallon) plastic bag in an insulated shipping
container (e.g., a plastic or metal cooler). The sample labels on the cubitainer and syringes
should be completely covered with clear tape to prevent damage from water or condensation
during shipment. Place the syringes into a separate plastic container for shipment. Place
the cubitainer and syringe container into a second large plastic bag and close. Place the bag
containing the samples inside the plastic bag lining the shipping container. Place bags of ice
(or frozen ice substitute packs) around the bag of samples, but inside the plastic bag lining
the shipping container. Be sure to use sufficient quantities of ice to ensure samples will
remain cold until arrival at the laboratory. Typically, the total weight of each shipping
container (samples plus ice) should be between 40 and 50 pounds (more for
shipments from hot locations).
25
-------
FIELD SAP,IP! E SHIPMENT P ACK4 NGf TRACKWIG > OHM
;* WsMteSiftte .' Bstatalu* ¦"> Other r l-oa Vorrticatio* form
^ Hk-i-i* »ti UW upply ^ v» lis n «.*r i 1 *-m
; S ! Ki - o i DtspoU
| ; ! :*{¦ - •
S. IC n '
it.'H Nbs life
Jtite}«„ Affile®
mansiaasi.
it
, KVMI" /m±l .,1sXU££Z
K/»?.»+«<- »g«i m-*m »twi »wti» eniwwt
hi J nxj 2.0 o 3_ !
V.*#r^ m^rrtitr,
CD^WKSrel rim*, $*nJt rfntn, Vfsr* mjrnbKsr. AM>III rvumber.
2i mm *m»* fre«* wmnw* wtraHwrHwi fori* wc w^jesai©,
%) to* tmpnMMsrvf'd samppe* o» w»li Je&
pepggrvpct samples. sersi or not.
&M13SO0S SQfcs TraciMir]
•Sar»pte:0
Dai* EtiSwsl
/
Uc*£- Wl'mvit
Uth. hs>; ii« -d^A
3«Cti&Aii>
MAf/H j
trm*
0*e»ln?y
tzm » r sjirt
flM » Ptripfrftcsft
vt.ni ¦* fssh mmm
fifrhwtk Knd p
T«*!lfs€ RIM». L
• «
c
Sjrtn»»Tlp
L « U«uno
ML
ON •'^». It. '
I «Th»-.<-tb*. t.IHICa»l
W - Worn
IS*
Figure 3-3. Sample tracking form for unpreserved samples.
26
-------
TABLE 3-4. GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR PACKING AND SHIPPING
UNPRESERVED SAMPLES
Sample Type
(container)
Guidelines
Water Chemistry (4-L
cubitainer and 60-mL
syringes)
Ship on day of collection or within 24 hr by overnight courier. Use
frozen ice substitute packs, or fresh ice in labeled plastic bags for
shipping. Use enough ice so that total weight of each shipping
container is 40-50 lbs.
Line each shipping container with a large plastic bag.
Place syringes in a plastic container.
Place syringe container and cubitainer inside of a second plastic bag.
Cover labels completely with clear tape.
The cubitainer and syringes should have same sample ID number
assigned.
Confirm the sample ID assigned on the labels matches the ID number
recorded on the field collection form and the sample tracking form.
Then close the outer plastic bag. Insert the copy of the completed tracking form
(Figure 3-3) into a self-sealing plastic bag, and tape the bag to the inside of the lid), then
close the container. Seal the container with shipping tape (do not use duct tape) and affix
any required shipping-related labels to the outside of the container. Attach an adhesive
plastic sleeve to the lid of the container and insert any required shipping forms.
3.2.2.2 Benthic Macroinvertebrate Samples
Transport benthic macroinvertebrate samples that are preserved in ethanol in
appropriate inner and outer containers, with inner containers surrounded with some type of
acceptable absorbent material (e.g., vermiculite). Before shipping to the lab (after a
sample has been preserved for at least one week), decant the majority of the ethanol
from the container. Leave only enough ethanol to keep the sample moist. Place the lid
back on the container and seal with electrical tape. The sample will be refilled with ethanol
upon receipt at the benthic laboratory. Check to see that all equipment is in the vehicle.
Complete a separate tracking form for benthic macroinvertebrate samples as shown
in Figure 3-4. These samples are likely to be retained by the field team and periodically
transported to intermediate storage "depots", where they will accumulate prior to shipment or
delivery to the appropriate support laboratories. Again, make a copy of the completed form
for each site. Retain the original copy to prepare the status report for the site (Section 3.3),
and then include it as part of the data forms packet for the site. Include the copy as a
"packing list" when you drop off samples at the storage depot.
In order to avoid problems encountered when shipping hazardous materials, decant
ethanol from samples until detritus is DAMP. Only ship samples that have been preserved in
alcohol for at least one week. Re-seal the sample container with electrical tape. Be sure to
mark the shipment as Priority Overnight on the Fed Ex packing slip. The sample will be
refilled with alcohol immediately upon receipt in the laboratory.
27
-------
_ _FIELD SAM PI r. SHIPMENT PACKtNG/TflACKING FORM
¦•'SatSeabte • UnnlflttN , -Othfl'' = F«cVerHwstter, s-wm n*"*q ij f f _* { 2 0 0 3
:,hfi y. .ill ib-'* , - v _! % - t s.< i i'» # in
ftilt • , ,
flU-7 CA 1? -r?
Ui
_i It'
Ccmmemis
sm
lnh Cultlait, ftiihiml Kuv.-tr (54tJTB4 .'..'.V, I
Mn.wWsi dcKJD 1«8T> UI.
F. *! i"41 AI fv^-ysiw-rr |j
1 -1'»x *rf&" I «!•".-¦* t ^lle M«»* ID ««iis miNt*1 || •
> • nr I -It' in * Vl*l»> 1 irr^T >V ft*' ^ • ijj
! £.n ,w»!i. *• ' i ' m kIj. • »ii ys»'«Jk .il >i'» ft,-' .. tv*
fe&ssSisfilrSi.,
1,: '¦ »f if!i
-------
When shipping field data sheets, make every effort to copy the entire completed set
first. If a copy machine is not readily available in the hotel in which the field team is staying,
or the team is concerned about the potential exorbitant cost of making copies, try to hold the
field sheets until a trip can be made to an EPA Regional office, or possibly a satellite field
office. The sheets can also be faxed to Tetra Tech, and the originals then mailed. A pre-
labeled Fed Ex envelope will be provided in each site kit to mail the original data sheets to
the EPA/ORD central data processing center in Corvallis, Oregon. Depending on the total
number of sites a team has, data sheets should be mailed every five days to one week. If
any particular team does not have too many more sites than that total (i.e., 5 - 7), they can
wait until the completion of their sampling window to mail the entirety of their data sheets.
Even if a site in not sampleable, the field crew should complete the site verification form for
that site and include that in the set of forms mailed to Corvallis.
3.3 STATUS REPORTS
After visiting and/or sampling a site, each field team leader files a status report with
their respective field coordinator and with Tetra Tech. Reports should be filed every day
before unpreserved samples are shipped. File a status reports for every site visited (even if
not sampled). These status reports inform the project coordinators of the anticipated
delivery of samples (this is especially important when samples are shipped on a Friday for
Saturday delivery), and allow the information management staff to better track sites and
samples (especially preserved samples that are not delivered directly to a laboratory).
The procedure for preparing and submitting a status report to the field coordinator is
presented in Table 3-6. The information needed for a status report comes from the Stream
Verification Form and from the tracking forms prepared for both unpreserved and preserved
samples. Status reports can be submitted by phone/voice mail, e-mail, or by FAX. Teams
should also inventory their supplies after each stream visit. Submit requests for
replenishment to the field coordinator well in advance of exhausting on-hand stocks.
3.4 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
A checklist of equipment and supplies required to conduct the activities described in
Section 3 is presented in Figure 3-7. This checklist is similar to the checklist in Appendix A,
which is used at the base location to ensure that all of the required equipment is brought to
the stream. Use this checklist to ensure that equipment and supplies are organized and
available at the stream site in order to conduct the activities efficiently.
29
-------
TABLE 3-5. FIELD DATA SHEETS TO BE SHIPPED
Number per
Item
Site
1
Verification Form
1
Sample Collection Form and Stream Discharge Form
11 + extras
Channel/Riparian Cross-section & Thalweg Profile Form
1
Slope & Bearing Form
1
Legacy Tree Form
1
Channel Constraint & Field Measurement Form, Torrent Evidence Assessment
Form
1
Rapid Habitat Assessment Form
1
Assessment Form for Visual Assessment
2 + extras
Sample Tracking Form
30
-------
TABLE 3-6. STATUS REPORTING
1. File a status report after every site visit (even if not sampled) on the day that you ship
unpreserved samples (before shipment if practical). Submit reports to the field coordinator.
2. Complete two separate tracking forms for each site. One form is for unpreserved water
chemistry samples, the other for preserved benthos samples. Make a copy of each form (by
hand or a photocopy). Include the copy with the sample shipment (unpreserved) or with the
samples themselves (preserved samples).
3. Use the original copies of the tracking forms and the stream verification form from the site to
prepare the status report.
4. Contact Tetra Tech at the following numbers: (443) 465-7663 or 800-504-4861. The status
report should be filed with Jennifer Pitt. The alternate contact is Kristen Pavlik at 410-356-8993.
NOTE: There is no need to leave a separate message with the analytical laboratory staff in
Corvallis. They will be alerted to the anticipated delivery of the samples.
5. Include the following information in your report if left as a voice message or e-mail
(Jennifer.Pitt@tetratech.com):
Your name and organization.
The name of the study (Wadeable Stream Assessment).
From the stream verification form:
Site ID number and visit number
Sampling status from the verification form (e.g., Sampleable/Wadeble, Non-
sampleable-not wadeable, no access-access denied, etc.)
Date sampled or visited
From the tracking form for unpreserved samples:
Date shipped
Airbill number
Anticipated date of delivery to laboratory (usually the next day)
For each sample in shipment:
Sample ID
Sample type (chemistry)
Comments regarding condition or missing subsamples
From the tracking form for preserved samples:
Sample ID
Sample Type (reachwide benthos)
Comments regarding number of jars, condition, or missing samples
Alternatively, you can FAX copies of the verification form and two tracking forms to the following
number: (410) 356-9005 ATTN: Jennifer Pitt or Kristen Pavlik.
Return the original forms to the data forms packet for the site for later shipment using the
shipping labels included in the site dossier. Field data forms should be copied and shipped within
5-7 days to the WSA Data Management Team, operated under contract to CSC: Marlys
Cappaert, c/o U.S. EPA, NHEERL/WED, 200 W. 35th St., Corvallis, OR 97333.
31
-------
TABLE 3-7. SUMMARY OF BASE LOCATION ACTIVITIES AND SUPPLIES
QTY.
ITEM
Before Departure for Stream
1
Dossier of access information for scheduled stream site
1
Sampling itinerary form or notebook
1
Safety log and/or personal safety information for each team member
1
GPS receiver with extra batteries
1
Field thermometer
1
500-mL plastic bottle containing deionized water
2
500-mL plastic bottles containing conductivity QCCS, labeled "Rinse" and
"Test"
1
Current velocity meter with probe and wading rod
Assorted extra batteries for dissolved, conductivity, and current velocity
meters
1 set
Completed water chemistry sample labels (3 labels with same barcode)
1 set
Water chemistry sample containers (one 4-L Cubitainer and two 60-mL
syringes with a plastic storage container
1 box
Clear tape strips to cover completed sample labels
1
Checklist of all equipment and supplies required for a stream visit
Packing and Shipping Samples
Ice or frozen ice usbstitute packs
1 box
2-gal heavy-duty sealable plastic bags
1 box
1 -gal heavy-duty sealable plastic bags
1-box
30-gal plastic garbage bags
1
Insulated shipping container for water chemistry sample
1
Container, absorbent material, labels, and shipping forms required to
transport and/or ship benthic macroinvertebrate sample preserved in
ethanol
2-4
Sample tracking forms (can xerox completed originals or complete two
sets of forms per shipment)
Shipping airbills and adhesive plastic sleeves
32
-------
NOTES
33
-------
-------
4.0 INITIAL SITE PROCEDURES
When a field team first arrives at a stream site, they must first confirm they are at the
correct site. Then they determine if the stream meets certain criteria for sampling and data
collection activities to occur. They must decide whether the stream is unduly influenced by
rain events which could affect the representativeness of field data and samples. Certain
conditions at the time of the visit may warrant the collection of only a subset of field
measurements and samples. Finally, if it is determined that the stream is to be sampled, the
team lays out a defined reach of the stream within which all subsequent sampling and
measurement activities are conducted.
4.1 SITE VERIFICATION ACTIVITIES
4.1.1 Locating the Index Site
Stream sampling points were chosen from the "blue line" stream network
represented on 1:100,000- scale USGS maps, following a systematic randomized selection
process developed for WSA stream sampling (Stevens and Olsen, 2004). Each point is
referred to as the "index site" or "X-site". The X-site is the mid-point of the sampling reach.
The latitude/longitude of the X-site was listed on a regional sampling site spreadsheet that
was distributed to the EPA Regional Coordinators on a regional site information CD in
February 2004. The Regional Coordinators will make copies of the CD and distribute the
CDs to each Cooperator within his/her region. The CD includes overlay maps of each
X-site. The overlay maps include the state and county name where the X-site is located,
along with the titles of the corresponding 1:100,000 and 1:24,000 scale USGS topographic
maps. The overlay maps should be used in conjunction with 1:24,000-scale USGS
topographic maps to locate and reference the sample point on the appropriate stream. (See
accompanying Site Evalution Guidelines document.)
While traveling from a base location to a site, record a detailed description of the route taken
on page 1 of the Verification Form (Figure 4-1). This information will allow others to find the
site again in the future. Upon reaching the X-site for a stream, confirm its location and that
the team is at the correct stream. Use all available means to accomplish this, and record
the information on page 1 of the Verification Form (Figure 4-1). Complete a verification form
for each stream visited (regardless of whether you end up sampling it), following the
procedures described in Table 4-1.
4.1.2 Determining the Sampling Status of a Stream
Not all chosen stream sites will turn out to be streams. On the basis of previous
synoptic surveys, it was found that the maps are not perfect representations of the stream
network. After the stream and location of the X-site are confirmed, evaluate the stream
reach surrounding the X-site and classify the stream into one of three major sampling status
categories (Table 4-1). The primary distinction between "Sampleable" and "Non-
Sampleable" streams is based on the presence of a defined stream channel and water
content.
34
-------
STREAM VERIFICATION FORM - STREAMS/RIVERS
Reviewed by (initial):
S,TE NAME: ?,LeT CketTK
DATE: Q f I C>. /, / 2 0 0 1
VISIT:
:O0
2 3
site id: wxy?.6 Milts Jo g I rot J
OM Uf4. anlv yhtvtl VMmt « »»/ J+tVf O. T i Ui 4o htUit OH } StJt
I***!. Ok****- mi lL on lot k /« ram J (+m*t I
4*> dre»n At»r ¦(L X-t'J*
Record information used to define length of reach, and sketch general features of reach on reverse side.
03/26/2001 2001 Stream Verification
Figure 4-1. Verification Form (page 1).
35
-------
TABLE 4-1. SITE VERIFICATION PROCEDURES
1. Find the stream location in the field corresponding to the X-site coordinates and the "X" marked
on a 7.5" topographic map (X-site) prepared for each site. Record the routes taken and other
directions on the Verification Form so that others can visit the same location in the future.
2. Use a GPS receiver to confirm the latitude and longitude at the X-site with the coordinates for
the site (datum = NAD 27). Record these on the Verification Form.
3. Use all available means to insure that you are at the correct stream as marked on the map,
including: 1:24,000 USGS map orienteering, topographic landmarks, county road maps, local
contacts, etc.
4. Scan the stream channel upstream and downstream from the X-site, decide if the site is
sampleable and mark the appropriate box on the verification form. If the channel is dry at the X-
site, determine if water is present within 75 m upstream and downstream of the X-site. Assign
one of the following sampling status categories to the stream. Record the category on the
Verification Form.
Sampleable Categories
Wadeable: The stream can be sampled with wadeable stream protocols, continuous water flow
and > 50% of the sample reach is wadeable.
Partial Sampled by Wading: Over half the reach cannot be safely sampled by wadeable
protocols. Sample using modified procedures.
Wadeable Interrupted: The flow of water is not continual, but there is water in the sample reach
(e.g. isolated pools). Sample using modified procedures. Record as Wadeable Interrupted.
Altered Channel: There is a stream at the location marked with the X-site on the map, but the
stream channel does not appear the way it is drawn on the map. An example would be a
channel rerouting following a flood event that cut off a loop of the stream. Establish a new X-site
at the same relative position in the altered channel. Make careful notes and sketches of the
changes on the Verification Form.
Non-Sampleable Categories
PERMANENT:
Dry Channel: A discernible stream channel is present but there is no water anywhere within a
150-m reach centered on the X-site. If determined at the time of the sampling visit, record on
the field form as "Dry-Visited"; if site was determined to be dry (or otherwise non-perennial) from
another source and/or field verified before the actual sampling visit, record as "Dry-Not visited".
Non-wadeable: The site can only be sampled by boat following non-wadeable river protocols.
Wetland (No definable stream channel): There is standing water present, but no definable
stream channel. In cases of wetlands surrounding a stream channel, define the site as Target
but restrict sampling to the stream channel.
Map Error: No evidence that a water body or stream channel was ever present at the
coordinates provided for the X-site.
(Continued)
36
-------
TABLE 4-1 (Continued)
Non-Sampleable Categories
PERMANENT:
Impounded stream: The stream is submerged under a lake or pond due to man-made or natural
(e.g., beaver dam) impoundments. If the impounded stream, however, is still wadeable, record
the stream as "Altered" and sample.
Other: The site is non-target for reasons other than those above. Examples would include
underground pipelines or a non-target canal.
A sampling site must meet both of the following criteria to be classified as a non-target
canal:
i. The channel is constructed where no natural channel has ever existed.
ii. The sole purpose/usage of the reach is to transfer water. There are no other
uses of the waterbody by humans (e.g., fishing, swimming, boating).
TEMPORARY:
Other: The site could not be sampled on that particular day, but is still a target site. Examples
might include a recent precipitation event that has caused unrepresentative conditions.
No Access to Site Categories
Access Permission Denied: You are denied access to the site by the landowners.
Permanently Inaccessible: Site is unlikely to be sampled by anyone due to physical barriers that
prevent access to the site (e.g., cliffs).
Temporarily Inaccessible: Site cannot be reached at the present time due to barriers that may
not be present at some future date (e.g. forest fire, high water, road temporarily closed, unsafe
weather conditions)
5. Do not sample non-target or "Non-sampleable" or "No Access" sites. Place an "X" in the "NO"
box for "Did you sample this site?" and check the appropriate box in the "Non-Sampleable" or
"No Access" section of the Verification Form; provide detailed explanation in comments section.
Even if there is no water at the X-site coordinates, the site may still be sampleable as
an "interrupted flow" stream (Section 4.3.1). If the channel is dry at the X-site coordinates,
determine if there is water present within 75 m upstream and downstream of the X-site. If
there are isolated pools of water within the 150-m reach, proceed to sample using the
modified procedures outlined in Section 4.3.1. If the entire reach is dry, classify the site as
"Dry-visited" on the verification form. NOTE: Do not "slide" the reach (Section 4.3) for the
sole purpose of obtaining more areas of water to sample (e.g., the downstream portion of
the reach has water, but the upstream portion does not).
If a site is located on a canal and it meets the following criteria, then it is considered
to be non-target:
1. The channel within the sampling reach is totally constructed at a location where
no natural channel has ever existed.
37
-------
2. The sole purpose and usage of the waterbody is to move water. There are no
other human uses, such as fishing, swimming, or boating.
If both of these conditions are met, classify the site as "NON-SAMPLEABLE-PERMANENT,
Other" on the verification form and identify the site as a non-target canal in the comments
section. If you are in doubt about whether a site is a non-target canal, or if you think the
waterbody might represent an important resource for aquatic biota, then sample it if you
have permission.
Record the sampling status and pertinent site verification information on the
Verification Form (Figure 4-1). If the site is non-sampleable or inaccessible, the site visit is
completed, and no further sampling activities are conducted.
4.1.3 Sampling During or After Rain Events
Avoid sampling during high flow rainstorm events. For one, it is often unsafe to be in
the water during such times. In addition, biological and chemical conditions during episodes
are often quite different from those during baseflow. On the other hand, sampling cannot be
restricted to only strict baseflow conditions. It would be next to impossible to define "strict
baseflow" with any certainty at an unstudied site. Such a restriction would also greatly
shorten the index period when sampling activities can be conducted. Thus, some
compromise is necessary regarding whether to sample a given stream because of storm
events. To a great extent, this decision is based on the judgment of the field team. Some
guidelines to help make this decision are presented in Table 4-2. The major indicator of the
influence of storm events will be the condition of the stream itself. If a field team decides a
site is unduly influenced by a storm event, do not sample the site that day. Notify the field
coordinator or other central contact person to reschedule the stream for another visit.
TABLE 4-2. GUIDELINES TO DETERMINE THE INFLUENCE OF RAIN EVENTS
• If it is running at bank full discharge or the water seems much more turbid than typical for
the class of stream do not sample it that day.
• Do not sample that day if it is temporarily unsafe to wade in the majority of the stream
reach. If the majority of the stream reach is permanently unsafe, then classify it as a
"partially wadeable" stream and sample the portions that can be safely waded.
• Keep an eye on the weather reports and rainfall patterns. Do not sample a stream during
periods of prolonged heavy rains.
• If the stream seems to be close to normal summer flows, and does not seem to be unduly
influenced by storm events, go ahead and sample it, even if it has recently rained or is
raining.
38
-------
4.1.4 Site Photographs
Taking site photographs is an optional activity, but should be considered if the site has
unusual natural or man-made features associated with it. If you do take any photographs at
a stream, start the sequence with one photograph of an 8.5 x 11 inch piece of paper with
the site ID, stream name, and date printed in large, thick letters. After the photo of the site
ID information, take at least two photographs at the X-site, one in the upstream direction and
one downstream. Take any additional photos you find interesting after these first three
pictures. Keep a log of your photographs and briefly describe each one.
4.2 LAYING OUT THE SAMPLING REACH
Unlike chemistry, which can be measured at a point, most of the biological and habitat
structure measures require sampling a certain length of a stream to get a representative
picture of the ecological community. A length of 40 times the channel width is necessary to
characterize the biotic assemblages and habitat associated with the sampling reach.
Establish the sampling reach about the X-site using the procedures described in Table 4-3.
Scout the sampling reach to make sure it is clear of obstacles that would prohibit sampling
and data collection activities. Record the channel width used to determine the reach length,
and the sampling reach length upstream and downstream of the X-site on page 2 of the
Verification Form as shown in Figure 4-2. Figure 4-3 illustrates the principal features of the
established sampling reach, including the location of 11 cross-section transects used for
physical habitat characterization (Section 7), and specific sampling points on each cross-
section transect for later collection of benthic macroinvertebrate samples (Section 6).
TABLE 4-3. LAYING OUT THE SAMPLING REACH
1. Use a surveyor's rod or tape measure to determine the wetted width of the channel at five
places considered to be of "typical" width within approximately 5 channel widths upstream and
downstream from the X-site. Average the five readings together and round to the nearest 1 m.
If the average width is less than 4 m, use 150 m as a minimum sample reach length. Record
this width on page 2 of the Verification Form.
For channels with "interrupted flow", estimate the width based on the unvegetated width of
the channel (again, with a 150 m minimum).
2. Check the condition of the stream upstream and downstream of the X-site by having one team
member go upstream and one downstream. Each person proceeds until they can see the
stream to a distance of 20 times the average channel width (equal to one-half the sampling
reach length, but a minimum of 75 m) determined in Step 1 from the X-site.
For example, if the reach length is determined to be 150 m, each person would proceed
75 m from the X-site to lay out the reach boundaries.
3. Determine if the reach needs to be adjusted about the X-site due to confluences with higher
order streams (downstream), lower order streams (upstream), impoundments (lakes, reservoirs,
ponds), physical barriers (e.g., falls, cliffs), or because of access restrictions to a portion of the
initially-determined sampling reach.
(Continued)
39
-------
TABLE 4-3 (Continued)
If such a confluence, barrier, or access restriction is present, note the distance and flag
the confluence, barrier, or limit of access as the endpoint of the reach. Move the other
endpoint of the reach an equivalent distance away from the X-site. The X-site must still
be within the reach after adjustment. The total reach length does not change, but the
reach is no longer centered on the X-site.
NOTE: Do not slide the reach to avoid man-made obstacles such as bridges,
culverts, rip-rap, or channelization, or in streams with interrupted flow to obtain
more inundated areas to sample.
4. Starting back at the X-site (or the new midpoint of the reach if it had to be adjusted as described
in Step 3), measure a distance of 20 channel widths down one side of the stream using a tape
measure. Be careful not to "cut corners". Enter the channel to make measurements only when
necessary to avoid disturbing the stream channel prior to sampling activities. This endpoint is
the downstream end of the reach, and is flagged as transect "A".
5. At Transect A, use a digital wristwatch and glance at the seconds display to select the initial
sample collection point for benthic macroinvertebrates: 1-3="Left", 4-6="Center", 7-9=Right. (If
using an watch with a second hand: 12-4=Left, 4-8=Center, and 8-12=Right). Mark "L", "C", or
"R" on the transect flagging.
6. Measure 1/10 (4 channel widths in big streams or 15 m in small streams) of the required reach
length upstream from transect A. Flag this spot as transect B. Assign the sample collection
point (L, C, or R) systematically after the first random selection.
For example, if the sample collection point assigned to transect A was "C", the point for
transect B is "R".
7. Proceed upstream with the tape measure and flag the positions of 9 additional transects
(labeled "C" through "K" as you move upstream) at intervals equal to 1/10 of the reach length.
Continue to assign the sample collection points systematically
For example, if the point assigned to Transect B is "R", the point for transect C is "L",
transect D is "C", etc.
There are some conditions that may require adjusting the reach about the X-site (i.e.,
the X-site no longer is located at the midpoint of the reach) to avoid features we do not wish
to (or physically cannot) sample across. Do not proceed upstream into a lower order stream
or downstream into a higher order stream when laying out the stream reach (order is based
on 1:100,000 scale maps). Adjust the reach if you run into an impoundment (lake, reservoir,
or pond), or an impassible barrier (e.g., waterfall, cliff) while laying out the reach, adjust the
reach such that the lake/stream confluence is at one end. Adjusting, or "sliding" the reach
involves noting the distance of the confluence, barrier, or other restriction from the X.site,
and flagging the confluence, impoundment/stream confluence, or barrier as the endpoint of
the reach, and adding the distance to the other end of the reach, such that the total reach
length remains the same, but it is no longer centered about the X-site. In cases where you
are denied access permission to a portion of the reach, you can adjust the reach to make it
entirely accessible; use the point of access restriction as the endpoint of the reach.
40
-------
STREAM VERIFICATION FORM - STREAMS/RIVERS (cont.)
Reviewed by
(Initial):
SITE NAME: ?> UeT Clteei
DATE
oi J at J.2.0 01
VISIT: 0@23
SITE ID: tpft-
TEAM: XX-/
STREAM/RIVER REACH
DETERMINATION
Channel Width Used
DISTANCE (m) FROM X-SITE
Comment
to Define Reach (m)
Upstream Length
Downstream Length
, , ,3,
. . , 7.5".
, , , 7,-T
SKETCH MAP - Arrow Indicates North
PERSONNEL
Team Number: J
NAME
Biomorph
DUTIES
Geomorph
Forms
J.
SfJmots
~
~
Q.
LjHIT.
m
~
~
£.
AtlirPlfK
~
I8
s.
Tiie/m
~
Kl
~
~
~
~
23755
03/26/2001 2001 Stream Verification
Figure 4-2. Verification Form (page 2)
41
-------
SAMPLING POINTS
• L=Left C=Center R=Right
First point (transect A)
determined at random
Subsequent points assigned in
order L, C, R
Distance between transects=4 times
mean wetted width at X-site
Total reach length=40 times mean wetted width at X-site (minimum=150 m)
Figure 4-3. Sampling reach features.
Do not "slide" the reach so that the X-site falls outside of the reach boundaries. Also,
do not "slide" a reach to avoid man-made obstacles such as bridges, culverts, rip-rap, or
channelization. These represent important features and effects to study. Also, do not slide
the reach to obtain more water to sample if the flow is interrupted (Section 4.3.1).
Before leaving the stream, complete a rough sketch map of the stream reach you
sampled on page 2 of the Verification Form (Figure 4-2). In addition to any other interesting
features that should be marked on the map, note any landmarks/directions that can be used
to find the X-site for future visits.
4.3 MODIFYING SAMPLE PROTOCOLS FOR HIGH OR LOW FLOWS
4.3.1 Streams with Interrupted Flow
The full complement of field data and samples cannot be collected from streams that
are categorized as "Interrupted" (Table 4-2). Note that no data should be collected from
streams that are completely "Dry" as defined in Table 4-2. Interrupted streams will have
some cross-sections amenable to biological sampling and habitat measurements and some
that are not. Modified procedures for interrupted streams are presented in Table 4-4.
42
-------
Samples for water chemistry (Section 5) should be collected at the X-site (even if the reach
has been adjusted by "sliding" it). If the X-site is dry and there is water elsewhere in the
sample reach, collect the sample from a location having water with a surface area greater
than 1 m2 and a depth greater than 10 cm.
TABLE 4-4. MODIFICATIONS FOR INTERRUPTED STREAMS
Water Chemistry
• If the X-site is dry but there is flowing water or a pool of water having a surface area greater
than 1 m2 and a depth greater than 10 cm somewhere along the defined sampling reach, take
the water sample at the pool or flowing water location that is nearest to the X-site. Note that the
sample wasn't collected at the X-site and where on the reach the sample was collected on the
field data form.
• Do not collect a water sample if there is no acceptable location within the sampling reach.
Record a "K" flag for the chemistry sample on the sample collection form and explain why the
sample was not collected in the comments section of the form.
Physical Habitat Characterization and Benthic Macroinvertebrates
• Obtain a complete thalweg profile for the entire reach. At points where channel is dry, record
depth as 0 cm and wetted width as 0 m.
• At each of the transects (cross sections), sample the stream depending on flow status:
DRY CHANNEL: No surface water anywhere in cross section;
Collect all physical habitat data. Use the unvegetated area of the channel to
determine the channel width and the subsequent location of substrate sampling
points. Record the wetted width as 0 m. Record substrate data at the sampling
points located in the unvegetated, but dry, channel. Do not collect benthic
macroinvertebrates from this transect.
DAMP CHANNEL: No flowing water at transect, only puddles of water < 10 cm deep;
Collect all physical habitat data.
Do not collect a benthic macroinvertebrate sample.
WATER PRESENT: Transect has flow or pools > 10 cm deep;
Collect all data and measurements for physical habitat and benthic
macroinvertebrate indicators, using standard procedures.
Data for the physical habitat indicator (Section 8) are collected along the entire
sample reach from interrupted streams, regardless of the amount of water present at the
transects. Depth measurements along the deepest part of the channel (the "thalweg") are
obtained along the entire sampling reach providing a record of the "water" status of the
stream for future comparisons (e.g., the percent of length with intermittent pools or no
water). Other measurements associated with characterizing riparian condition, substrate
type, etc. are useful to help infer conditions in the stream when water is flowing.
43
-------
4.3.2 Partially Wadeable Sites
Some sites are too deep or swift to safely wade the majority or all of the sample
reach, and thus impossible to do all of the wadeable sampling protocols. At these sites,
keeping safety in mind, the crews should try to do as much sampling and data collection as
they can. It might be impossible to do thalweg depth profiles and flow measurements, but it
should be possible to do the various assessments that don't require getting in the water
(bank characterization, riparian vegetation and disturbance, stream/river assessment, RBP
habitat assessment). It is also usually possible to collect a water sample for chemistry and
perhaps to do the transect sampling near the bank for benthos. The amount of sampling
that can actually be done will depend on the extant conditions. Only sample or measure
what can be done safely. Make detailed comments on the Verification Form describing
what the conditions were like and how much sampling could actually be done. Use the
sketch map on the back of the Verification Form to indicate problem areas and where
samples were collected if you had to go off transect. If barriers to the site prohibit physically
reaching the X-site, then the site is not a Sampleable site but should be coded as "No
Access - Inaccessible" on the Verification Form.
4.3.3 Braided Systems
Depending upon the geographic area and/or the time of the sampling visit, you may
encounter a stream having "braided" channels, which are characterized by numerous sub-
channels that are generally small and short, often with no obvious dominant channel (See
Section 8.6.1). If you encounter a braided stream, establish the sampling reach using the
procedures presented in Table 4-5. Figuring the mean width of extensively braided systems
for purposes of setting up the sample reach length is challenging. For braided systems,
calculate the mean width as the bankfull channel width as defined in the physical habitat
protocol (Section 8). For relatively small streams (mean bankfull width < 15 m) the sampling
reach is defined as 40 times the mean bankfull width. For larger streams, (>15 m), sum up
the actual wetted width of all the braids and use that as the width for calculating the 40
channel width reach length. If there is any question regarding an appropriate reach length
for the braided system, it is better to err on the excessive side. Make detailed notes and
sketches on the Verification Form (Figure 4-2) about what you did. It's important to
remember that the purpose of the 40 channel width reach length is to sample enough
stream to incorporate the variability in habitat types. Generally, the objective is to sample a
long enough stretch of a stream to include 2 to 3 meander cycles (about 6 pool-riffle habitat
sequences). In the case of braided systems, the objective of this protocol modification is to
avoid sampling an excessively long stretch of stream. In a braided system where there is a
100 m wide active channel (giving a 4 km reach length based on the standard procedure)
and only 10 m of wetted width (say five, 2 m wide braids), a 400 m long sample reach length
is likely to be sufficient, especially if the system has fairly homogenous habitat throughout its
length.
4.4 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
A list of the equipment and supplies required to conduct the stream verification and
to lay out the sampling reach is presented in Table 4-6 This checklist is similar to the
checklist presented in Appendix A, which is used at the base location (Section 3) to ensure
that all of the required equipment is brought to the stream. Use this checklist to ensure that
44
-------
equipment and supplies are organized and available at the stream site in order to conduct
the activities efficiently.
TABLE 4-5. MODIFICATIONS FOR BRAIDED STREAMS
1. Estimate the mean width as the bankfull channel width as defined in the physical habitat
protocol.
IA. If the mean width is less than or equal to 15 m, set up a 40 channel width sample reach in
the normal manner.
IB. If more than 15 m, sum up the actual wetted width of all the braids and use that as the
width for calculating the 40 channel width reach length. Remember the minimum reach
length is always 150 m.
IC. If the reach length determined in 1B seems too short for the system in question, set up a
longer sample reach, taking into consideration that the objective is to sample a long
enough stretch of a stream to include at least 2 to 3 meander cycles (about 6 pool-riffle
habitat sequences).
2. Make detailed notes and sketches on the Verification Form about what you did.
^^^|yj^6iJQyiPM|NTANDSyPPU|S=CH|CKUSTFOR=INITIALSITEACTIVITI|S==
QTY. Item
1 Dossier of site and access information
1 Topographic map with "X-site" marked
1 Site information sheet with map coordinates and elevation of X-site
1 GPS receiver and operating manual
Extra batteries for GPS receiver
1 Verification Form
Soft lead (#2) pencils
1 Surveyor's telescoping leveling rod
1 50-m fiberglass measuring tape with reel
2 rolls Surveyor's flagging tape (2 colors)
Fine-tipped indelible markers to write on flagging
1 Waterproof camera and film (or digital camera)
1 copy Field operations and methods manual
1 set Procedure tables and/or quick reference guides for initial site activities (laminated
or printed on write-in-the-rain paper)
45
-------
NOTES
46
-------
-------
5.0 WATER CHEMISTRY
At each sampling site, teams will record stream temperature and fill one 4-L container
and two 60 ml_ syringes with streamwater. (If concurrent water samples are to be analyzed
by another laboratory, then an adequate amount of additional streamwater must be
collected.) These samples are stored in a cooler packed with plastic bags filled with ice and
are shipped or driven to the analytical laboratory within 24 hours of collection (see Section
3). The primary purposes of the water samples are to determine:
Acid-base status
Trophic condition (nutrient enrichment)
Chemical Stressors (metals, toxicants)
Classification of water chemistry type.
Water from the 4-L bulk sample is used to measure the major cations and anions,
conductivity, acid neutralizing capacity, dissolved organic carbon, nutrients, turbidity, total
suspended solids, and color. The syringe samples are analyzed for pH and dissolved
inorganic carbon. Syringes are used to seal off the samples from the atmosphere because
the pH, dissolved inorganic carbon (DIC) will all change if the streamwater equilibrates with
atmospheric C02. Overnight express mail for these samples is required because the
syringe samples need to be analyzed, and the 4-L bulk sample needs to be stabilized (by
filtration and/or acidification) within a short period of time (72 hours) after collection.
5.1 SAMPLE COLLECTION
Before leaving the base location, fill out a set of water chemistry sample labels as
shown in Figure 5-1. Attach a completed label to the cubitainer and each of two syringes
and cover with clear tape strips as described in Section 3. Make sure the syringe labels do
not cover the volume gradations. Package the pre-labeled containers and the sampling
beaker in a small plastic trash bag to prevent contamination (see Section 3). In the field,
make sure that the labels all have the same sample ID number (barcode), and that the
labels are securely attached.
The procedure to collect a water chemistry sample is described in Table 5-1. Collect
the sample from the middle of the stream channel at the X-site, unless no water is present at
that location (see Section 4). It is important to take precautions to avoid contaminating the
sample. Rinse all sample containers three times with portions of stream water before filling
them with the sample. Many streams have a very low ionic strength and can be contami-
nated quite easily by perspiration from hands, sneezing, smoking, insect repellent, hand
sanitizers, or other chemicals used when collecting other types of samples. Thus, make
sure that none of the water sample contacts your hands before going into the cubitainer. All
of the chemical analyses conducted using the syringe samples are affected by equilibration
with atmospheric carbon dioxide; thus, it is essential that no outside air contact the syringe
samples during or after collection. Record the information from the sample label on the
Sample Collection Form as shown in Figure 5-2. Note any problems related to possible
contamination in the comments section of the form.
47
-------
WATER CHEMISTRY
ttXXP93-_f.jL JL 1
. 'U . J, •'
•:cu> S-- 82
400000
WATER CHEMISTRY
•A'mvi-i J ;
I • CMH
CI' 'Si, S2
4MC00
WATER CHEMISTRY
wx*pm- ;; ?
' 20'3«
CU S1 ;'S21-
405003
Figure 5-1. Completed sample labels for water chemistry.
TABLE 5-1. SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES FOR WATER CHEMISTRY
Collect the water samples from the X-site in a flowing portion near the middle of the stream.
1. Rinse the 500 mL sample beaker three times with streamwater, Discard the rinse downstream.
2. Remove the cubitainer lid and expand the cubitainer by pulling out the sides. NOTE: DO NOT
BLOW into the cubitainers to expand them, this will cause contamination.
3. Fill the beaker with streamwater and slowly pour 30-50 mL into the cubitainer. Cap the cubi-
tainer and rotate it so that the water contacts all the surfaces. Discard the water downstream.
Repeat this rinsing procedure two more times.
4. Collect additional portions of streamwater with the beaker and pour them into the cubitainer.
Let the weight of the water expand the cubitainer. The first two portions will have to be poured
slowly as the cubitainer expands. Fill the cubitainer to at least three-fourths of its maximum
volume. Rinse the cubitainer lid with streamwater. Eliminate any air space from the cubitainer,
and cap it tightly. Make sure the cap is tightly sealed and not on at an angle.
5. Place the cubitainer in a cooler (on ice or streamwater) and shut the lid. If a cooler is not
available, place the cubitainer in an opaque garbage bag and immerse it in the stream.
6. Submerge a 60-mL syringe halfway into the stream and withdraw a 15-20 mL aliquot. Pull the
plunger to its maximum extension and shake the syringe so the water contacts all surfaces.
Point the syringe downstream and discard the water by depressing the plunger. Repeat this
rinsing procedure two more times.
7. Submerge the syringe into the stream again and slowly fill the syringe with a fresh sample. Try
not to get any air bubbles in the syringe. If more than 1-2 tiny bubbles are present, discard the
sample and draw another one.
8. Invert the syringe (tip pointing up), and cap it with a syringe valve. Tap the syringe lightly to
detach any trapped air bubbles. With the valve open, expel the air bubbles and a small volume
of water, leaving between 50 and 60 mL of sample in the syringe. Close the syringe valve. If
any air bubbles were drawn into the syringe during this process, discard the sample and fill the
syringe again (Step 7).
9. Repeat Steps 6 through 8 with a second syringe. Place the syringes together in the cooler or in
the streamwater with the cubitainer.
48
-------
10. Record the barcode number (Sample ID) on the Sample Collection Form along with the
pertinent stream information (stream name, ID, date, etc.). Note anything that could influence
sample chemistry (heavy rain, potential contaminants) in the Comments section. If the sample
was collected at the X-site, record an "X" in the "Station Collected" field. If you had to move
to another part of the reach to collect the sample, place the letter of the nearest transect in the
"Station Collected" field. Record more detailed reasons and/or information in the Comments
section.
11. After carrying the samples out to the vehicles, place the cubitainer and syringes in a cooler and
surround with 1 gallon self-sealing plastic bags filled with ice. The cooler should first be lined
with the heavy grade plastic trash bag provided in the Site Kit. *Note: the syringes must be
placed in the protective plastic container provided in the Site Kit.
12. Water chemistry samples must be shipped via overnight delivery within 24 hours of
collection. The syringes must be placed in the protective plastic container, and the cubitainer
and the plastic container of syringes must be placed in the cooler and surrounded by 1 gallon
self-sealing plastic bags filled with ice. The cooler should first be lined with the heavy grade
plastic trash bag provided in the Site Kit. This will help prevent leaking, which would cause
shipping delays and compromise the sample.
5.2 FIELD MEASUREMENT FOR TEMPERATURE
Stream temperature should be measured at the X-site (even if the reach has been
adjusted by "sliding" it) using the field thermometer. Wait at least 1 minute for the displayed
reading to stabilize, and record the stream temperature on the Channel Constraint and Field
Chemistry Form (Figure 5-3).
5.3 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
A list of equipment and supplies required to collect samples and field data for the
water chemistry indicator is presented in Table 5-2. This checklist is similar to the checklist
presented in Appendix A, which is used at the base location (Section 3) to ensure that all of
the required equipment is brought to the stream. Use this checklist to ensure that equip-
ment and supplies are organized and available at the stream site in order to conduct the
activities efficiently.
49
-------
SAMPLE COLLECTION FORM - STREAMS
s'u '*¦_ V > vril- K1 "i'?'? Dm!r, o 1 t Ct I J.2 0 0 2
wvii y — ~
_ 0 _ |
, 3, A, 1, O I , 3 ,X
DurtihetsfiK
S^lJLAM
mmsccf
^REACtj-MDCaESfHOS SAMPLE
; «'J. rfJiun ¦ ] _ _"cwmh« il
,' feft. •T.gjWtffT At, /T^i' fr hfMUM
E
Gcta*
•.*»«i? s
CMAN^J Ntafc
— !p'7|j7'
>.»•
..v r.i .9f •
s[ n t[3 s.
^ I ttot
Sf «V >
" ' . K
C
n-;c
sa-
ri
n-
~
» '*•» 1 -' i* I
»' [l i ¦ "l
O '!'» -ifli '¦
I «V->. j -m| _
r-'jj'
M r S_1 -•>
A*
~ >
1 &tfe- j Cum
~ *| d p lb f K *
i r!< • w .;r >.
W lL< * '1 PC <<
I
,<¦¦:¦. h ::¦
f? 1 2.
htmmr
\HAUblLCl
"2T * htnili M i
^ U'C1V'*>
£ i«,«
c OlS< •*» h ti
W V.^l >i, Mt «i ^
AiJrfrMii.il Cr.«*tnvtn(*
NU^ Uf JaiJTilc
#
, i _ ... , _ ,,,^ ,L i''[fk "\~b-ii. **
TARGETED RfFR.E BENI! it is ;;AMI -L-'_
1 _ Cw«>*it<>I
H
i
j
K ,
SsA
!K>
Ch«r»_
i > |!
'jaJb'Tpwn
firpr
ii'Tisr
«>
KIbbJ
as
X
11 (i it
dJd«
o°
o«|
r-
!" m
n In-
~ «
~ Bl 1
U"
f,.,
vi • 'tj •"•
I J ' " wll V *
a'
I.'
I ^
r
r
f I F'
n r«
~ Pt'5
tlF'S
O FfS
—
1.: i/u
r; h:
yc
J C.
Ho
l"
BG
DC
n c
W(.
n c
ft <:
DC
r,o
no
CO
DO
~ 0
~ 0
ri <¦«'»
K t
L c
Oo
SJfi&'fRAlfciliL CUi'-M
PS ' A'tJiio ¦> ) illr. 5*2 i'im;
E I F,s ifi [,sil/sup imihk isj.ll *a tu K4
„ _ |ftw<
H u | '
40 w .nwi
uc
rjo
0 liydi wk. hdKl|.«rt. wmiH,
Saw* 10
^PI^UL
AvM.mStt.igs If)
(53 til tutu* iwi^rVtrt)
S.481 Vul » 1 M [ ^ *,:ij
, So .
i
COMPOSMl. HO«!'.|YION :,rUvlFU-
O>Mnpt0t<"irj Vriliipm imi) j
Niim»w>s- nf «ntoi|t-il tO-t 11,
J> C,/ 1
i.,,1
f.hlotsvjjhvll
i&m i
tU I'" [ i
0
fiinrruiiKn.
{C,f
-------
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT AND FIELD CHEMISTRY - STREAMS/RIVERS
Reviewed by (initial): Z*/
SITE ID:
wxyP?7- <*19?
DATE:./0. 7./ .0. / 7.2 o o 1 ,
IN SITU MEASUREMENTS
I Station ID:
(Assume X-site unless marked)
Comments
STREAWRIVER DO mg/l:
(optional)
STREAM RIVER TEMP. ( C):
TIME OF DAY:
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT
CHANNEL PATTERN (Check One)
[9 One channel
~ Anastomosing (complex) channel - (Relatively long major and minor channels branching and rejoining.)
~ Braided channel - (Multiple short channels branching and rejoining - mainly one channel broken up by
numerous mid-channel bars.)
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT (Check One)
~ Channel very constrained in V-shaped valley (i.e. it is very unlikely to spread out over valley or erode a
new channel during flood)
~ Channel is in Broad Valley but channel movement by erosion during floods is constrained by Incision (Flood
flows do not commonly spread over valley floor or into multiple channels.)
~ Channel is in Narrow Valley but is not very constrained, but limited in movement by relatively narrow
valley floor (< ~10 x bankfull width)
fS Channel is Unconstrained in Broad Valley (i.e. during flood it can fill off-channel areas and side channels,
spread out over flood plain, or easily cut new channels by erosion)
CONSTRAINING FEATURES (Check One)
~ Bedrock (i.e. channel is a bedrock-dominated gorge)
~ Hillslope (i.e. channel constrained in narrow V-shaped valley)
~ Terrace (i.e. channel is constrained by its own incision into river/stream gravel/soil deposits)
~ Human Bank Alterations (i.e. constrained by rip-rap, landfill, dike, road, etc.)
IS No constraining features
Percent of channel length with margin
in contact with constraining feature:
%
(0-100%)
Bankfull width:
Ai (m)
Valley width (Visual Estimated Average):
Note: Be sure to include distances between both sides of valley border for valley width.
IxO io io
(m)
If you cannot see the valley borders, record the
distance you can see and mark this box.
m
Percent of Channel Margin Examples
100%
50%
100%
Comments
VAU$V Ufibrri > %O0O Mtl-tfS
03/26/2001 2001 Chan Con/Fid Chem
53
Figure 5-3. Channel Constraint and Field Measurement Form, showing data recorded for water
chemistry.
51
-------
TABLE 5-2. CHECKLIST OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR WATER CHEMISTRY
Item
QTY.
1 Field thermometer
1 500 mL plastic beaker with handle (in clean plastic bag)
1 4-L cubitainer with completed sample label attached (in clean plastic bag)
2-4 60 mL plastic syringes (with Luertype tip) with completed sample labels attached
1 Plastic container with snap-on lid to hold filled syringes
2-4 Syringe valves (Mininert® with Luer type adapter, or equivalent, available from a
chromatography supply company)
1 Cooler with 4 to 6 plastic bags (1 -gal) of ice OR
a medium or large opaque garbage bag to store the water sample at streamside
1 Sample Collection From
1 Field Measurement Form
Soft-lead pencils for filling out field data forms
Fine-tipped indelible markers for filling out labels
1 copy Field operations and methods manual
1 set Procedure tables and/or quick reference guides for water chemistry (laminated or
printed on write-in-the-rain paper)
52
-------
NOTES
53
-------
-------
6.0 STREAM DISCHARGE
Stream discharge is equal to the product of the mean current velocity and vertical
cross sectional area of flowing water. Discharge measurements are critical for assessing
trends in streamwater acidity and other characteristics that are very sensitive to streamflow
differences. Discharge should be measured at a suitable location within the sample reach
that is as close as possible to the location where chemical samples are collected (typically
the X-site; see Section 5), so that these data correspond. Discharge is usually determined
after collecting water chemistry samples.
No single method for measuring discharge is applicable to all types of stream
channels. The preferred procedure for obtaining discharge data is based on "velocity-area"
methods (e.g., Rantz and others, 1982; Linsley et al., 1982). For streams that are too small
or too shallow to use the equipment required for the velocity-area procedure, two alternative
procedures are presented. One procedure is based on timing the filling of a volume of water
in a calibrated bucket. The second procedure is based on timing the movement of a
neutrally buoyant object (e.g., an orange or a small rubber ball) through a measured length
of the channel, after measuring one or more cross-sectional depth profiles within that length.
6.1 VELOCITY-AREA PROCEDURE
Because velocity and depth typically vary greatly across a stream, accuracy in field
measurements is achieved by measuring the mean velocity and flow cross-sectional area of
many increments across a channel (Figure 6-1). Each increment gives a subtotal of the
stream discharge, and the whole is calculated as the sum of these parts. Discharge
measurements are made at only one carefully chosen channel cross section within the
sampling reach. It is important to choose a channel cross section that is as much like a
canal as possible. A glide area with a "U" shaped channel cross section that is free of
obstructions provides the best conditions for measuring discharge by the velocity-area
method. You may remove rocks and other obstructions to improve the cross-section before
any measurements are made. However, because removing obstacles from one part of a
cross-section affects adjacent water velocities, you must not change the cross-section once
you commence collecting the set of velocity and depth measurements.
The procedure for obtaining depth and velocity measurements is outlined in Table 6-1.
Record the data from each measurement on the Stream Discharge Form as shown in Figure
6-2. To reduce redundancy and to conserve space, Figure 6-2 shows measurement data
recorded for all procedures. In the field, data will be recorded using only one of the
available procedures.
6.2 TIMED FILLING PROCEDURE
In channels too "small" for the velocity-area method, discharge can sometimes be
measured by filling a container of known volume and timing the duration to fill the container.
"Small" is defined as a channel so shallow that the current velocity probe cannot be placed
in the water, or where the channel is broken up and irregular due to rocks and debris, and a
suitable cross-section for using the velocity area procedure is not available. This can be an
extremely precise and accurate method, but requires a natural or constructed spillway of
freefalling water. If obtaining data by this procedure will result in a lot of channel
54
-------
disturbance or stir up a lot of sediment, wait until after all biological and chemical
measurements and sampling activities have been completed.
TABLE 6-1. VELOCITY-AREA PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING STREAM DISCHARGE
1. Locate a cross-section of the stream channel for discharge determination that has most of the
following qualities (based on Rantz and others, 1982):
Segment of stream above and below cross-section is straight
Depths mostly greater than 15 centimeters, and velocities mostly greater than 0.15 meters/
second. Do not measure discharge in a pool.
"U" shaped, with a uniform streambed free of large boulders, woody debris or brush, and
dense aquatic vegetation.
Flow is relatively uniform, with no eddies, backwaters, or excessive turbulence.
2. Lay the surveyor's rod (or stretch a measuring tape) across the stream perpendicular to its flow,
with the "zero" end of the rod or tape on the left bank, as viewed when looking downstream.
Leave the tape tightly suspended across the stream, approximately one foot above water level.
3. Attach the velocity meter probe to the calibrated wading rod. Check to ensure the meter is
functioning properly and the correct calibration value is displayed. Calibrate (or check the
calibration) the velocity meter and probe as directed in the meter's operating manual. Place an
"X" in the "VELOCITY AREA" box on the Stream Discharge Form.
4. Divide the total wetted stream width into 15 to 20 equal-sized intervals. To determine interval
width, divide the width by 20 and round up to a convenient number. Intervals should not be less
than 10 cm wide, even if this results in less than 15 intervals. The first interval is located at the
left margin of the stream (left when looking downstream), and the last interval is located at the
right margin of the stream (right when looking downstream).
5. Stand downstream of the rod or tape and to the side of the first interval point (closest to the left
bank if looking downstream).
6. Place the wading rod in the stream at the interval point and adjust the probe or propeller so that
it is at the water surface. Place an "X" in the appropriate "Distance Units" and "Depth Units"
boxes on the Stream Discharge Form. Record the distance from the left bank and the depth
indicated on the wading rod on the Stream Discharge Form.
Note for the first interval, distance equals 0 cm, and in many cases depth may also equal 0
cm. For the last interval, distance will equal the wetted width (in cm) and depth may again
equal 0 cm.
7. Stand downstream of the probe or propeller to avoid disrupting the stream flow. Adjust the
position of the probe on the wading rod so it is at 0.6 of the measured depth below the surface of the
water. Face the probe upstream at a right angle to the cross-section, even if local flow eddies hit at
oblique angles to the cross-section.
(continued)
55
-------
TABLE 6-1 (continued)
8. Wait 20 seconds to allow the meter to equilibrate, then measure the velocity. Place an "X" in the
appropriate "Velocity Units" box on the Stream Discharge Form. Record the value on the
Stream Discharge Form. Note for the first interval, velocity may equal 0 because depth will
equal 0.
For the electromagnetic current meter (e.g., Marsh-McBirnev), use the lowest time
constant scale setting on the meter that provides stable readings.
For the impeller-type meter (e.g., Swoffer2100), set the control knob at the mid-position of
"DISPLAY AVERAGING". Press "RESET" then "START" and proceed with the
measurements.
9. Move to the next interval point and repeat Steps 6 through 8. Continue until depth and velocity
measurements have been recorded for all intervals. Note for the last interval (right margin),
depth and velocity values may equal 0.
10. At the last interval (right margin), record a "Z" flag on the field form to denote the last interval
sampled.
11. If using a meter that computes discharge directly, check the "Q" box on the discharge form, and
record calculated discharge value. In this case, you do not have to record the depth and velocity
data for each interval.
Measure stream depth at the midpoint
of each interval, and obtain velocity
measurements at 0.6 depth
15 to 20 equally spaced
intervals across stream,
beginning at left margin
Extended surveyor's
rod or tape measure
Record distance
and depth of
right margin
Figure 6-1. Layout of channel cross-section for obtaining discharge data by the velocity-area
procedure.
56
-------
STREAM DISCHARGE FORM
Se-i-teswd fry (mmsfi
^rt in
¦!f--.a.7 / v / / 2.° ° A
OU,Umce Units
i : It cm
\ Velocity Area
Depth Units Velocity Units
] Oft 25 cm | ; ft/s xx.x gf«Vs x_xx
1®
11
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
DIM, from Banfc Depth Vatoctty
0
to
Xc
AC...
So
lQ
J P.O.
_liO
120.
tZO
no
0. to
4__
i.i:
if
21.
M.Q..
. yo.
Mi ,
. 3.7.
JJ1
-2LSJL..
C.T7
M^iL
6.tt
o\n
o. i?
o. rj
o. -io _
o.in
0.7.1
<0.10
Q.tO
"W
F I
Repeat
Voturrwd)
H - O.
%:JL
o.
Timc»(»)
UL>><£
Has
f L
JAsJZ.
J. l .-A
i—
X Neutral Bouynnt Object
Float 1 Float 2 : Float 3
nojti Dt*t
Float Ttine
fCl rrzzi r±--~-—-r.
n
ws«m
E J ft Km
Depth 1
~ ft
Oepth 2
Depth 4
,
ypj^f¥eciorr|^ddirjtecion I towSfSmiw
i L-.t I . !-r
,'Q Value
If discharge is determined directly
in field, record value here: Q as
QitSL.
O cfs (0 m>»
FLAG
ConwnonH
•=JsJ •; Daih> ton ALL Hi Aezito2l—0tSL-M£kt*L,
oi«t ..iu.rat.vti.
r Codoa K -- No measiutwiutM «m ob^ivanun itwde, U - Suspect i?H.'»s>urcmoni ot observation; <3 * Unacceptable QC
cf« - »*«50t tatod W!th measurement / I nst station measured ®ou« flags
assigned by each field cifw Explain ail fiaqs iti ccumnents section.
(Vj !
-------
Choose a cross-section of the stream that contains one or more natural spillways or
plunges that collectively include the entire stream flow. A temporary spillway can also be
constructed using a portable V-notch weir, plastic sheeting, or other materials that are
available onsite. Choose a location within the sampling reach that is narrow and easy to
block when using a portable weir. Position the weir in the channel so that the entire flow of
the stream is completely rerouted through its notch (Figure 6-3). Impound the flow with the
weir, making sure that water is not flowing beneath or around the side of the weir. Use mud
or stones and plastic sheeting to get a good waterproof seal. The notch must be high
enough to create a small spillway as water flows over its sharp crest.
The timed filling procedure is presented in Table 6-2. Make sure that the entire flow
of the spillway is going into the bucket. Record the time it takes to fill a measured volume
on the Discharge Measurement Form as shown in Figure 6-2. Repeat the procedure 5
times. If the cross-section contains multiple spillways, you will need to do separate
determinations for each spillway. If so, clearly indicate which time and volume data
replicates should be averaged together for each spillway; use additional Stream Discharge
Form if necessary.
6.3 NEUTRALLY-BUOYANT OBJECT PROCEDURE
In very small, shallow streams with no waterfalls, where the standard velocity-area or
timed-filling methods cannot be applied, the neutrally buoyant object method may be the
only way to obtain an estimate of discharge. The required pieces of information are the
mean flow velocity in the channel and the cross-sectional area of the flow. The mean
velocity is estimated by measuring the time it takes for a neutrally buoyant object to flow
through a measured length of the channel. The channel cross-sectional area is determined
from a series of depth measurements along one or more channel cross-sections. Since the
discharge is the product of mean velocity and channel cross-sectional area, this method is
conceptually very similar to the standard velocity-area method.
The neutrally buoyant object procedure is described in Table 6-3. Examples of
suitable objects include plastic golf balls (with holes), small sponge rubber balls, or small
sticks. The object must float, but very low in the water. It should also be small enough that
it does not "run aground" or drag bottom. Choose a stream segment that is roughly uniform
in cross-section, and that is long enough to require 10 to 30 seconds for an object to float
through it. Select one to three cross-sections to represent the channel dimensions within
the segment, depending on the variability of width and/or depth. Determine the stream
depth at 5 equally spaced points at each cross-section. Three separate times, measure the
time required for the object to pass through the segment that includes all of the selected
cross-sections. Record data on the Stream Discharge Form as shown in Figure 6-2.
58
-------
Water Level
Bucket
Weir Crest
Impounded Pool
Weir Crest
Figure 6-3. Use of a portable weir in conjunction with a calibrated bucket to obtain an estimate
of stream discharge.
TABLE 6-2. TIMED FILLING PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING STREAM DISCHARGE
NOTE: If measuring discharge by this procedure will result in significant channel disturbance or will
stir up sediment, delay determining discharge until all biological and chemical measurement and
sampling activities have been completed.
1. Choose a cross-section that contains one or more natural spillways or plunges, or construct a
temporary one using on-site materials, or install a portable weir using a plastic sheet and on-site
materials.
2. Place an "X" in the "TIMED FILLING" box in the stream discharge section of the Stream
Discharge Form.
3. Position a calibrated bucket or other container beneath the spillway to capture the entire flow.
Use a stopwatch to determine the time required to collect a known volume of water. Record the
volume collected (in liters) and the time required (in seconds) on the Stream Discharge Form.
4. Repeat Step 3 a total of 5 times for each spillway that occurs in the cross section. If there is
more than one spillway in a cross-section, you must use the timed-filling approach on all of
them. Additional spillways may require additional data forms
59
-------
TABLE 6-3. NEUTRALLY BUOYANT OBJECT PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING
STREAM DISCHARGE
1. Place an "X" in the "NEUTRALLY BUOYANT OBJECT" box on the Stream Discharge Form.
2. Select a segment of the sampling reach that is deep enough to float the object freely, and long
enough that it will take between 10 and 30 seconds for the object to travel. Mark the units
used and record the length of the segment in the "FLOAT DIST." field of the Stream
Discharge Form.
3. If the channel width and/or depth change substantially within the segment, measure widths
and depths at three cross-sections, one near the upstream end of the segment, a second near
the middle of the segment, and a third near the downstream end of the segment.
If there is little change in channel width and/or depth, obtain depths from a single
"typical" cross-section within the segment.
4. At each cross section, measure the wetted width using a surveyor's rod or tape measure, and
record both the units and the measured width on the Stream Discharge Form. Measure the
stream depth using a wading rod or meter stick at points approximately equal to the following
proportions of the total width: 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 0.7, and 0.9. Record the units and the depth
values (not the distances) on the Stream Discharge Form.
5. Repeat Step 4 for the remaining cross-sections.
6. Use a stopwatch to determine the time required for the object to travel through the segment.
Record the time in the "Float Time" field of the Stream Discharge Form.
7. Repeat Step 6 two more times. The float time may differ somewhat for the three trials.
6.4 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Table 6-4 shows the list of equipment and supplies necessary to measure stream
discharge. This checklist is similar to the checklist presented in Appendix A, which is used
at the base location (Section 3) to ensure that all of the required equipment is brought to the
stream. Use this checklist to ensure that equipment and supplies are organized and
available at the stream site in order to conduct the activities efficiently.
60
-------
TABLE 6-4. EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY CHECKLIST FOR STREAM DISCHARGE
QTY. ITEM
1 Surveyor's telescoping leveling rod
1 50-m fiberglass measuring tape and reel
1 Current velocity meter, probe, and operating manual
1 Top-set wading rod for use with current velocity meter
1 Portable Weir with 60° "V" notch (optional)
1 Plastic sheeting to use with weir
1 Plastic bucket (or similar container) with volume graduations
1 Stopwatch
1 Neutrally buoyant object (e.g., plastic golf ball with holes, small rubber ball, stick)
1 Covered clipboard
Soft (#2) lead pencils
Stream Discharge Forms (1 per stream plus extras if needed for timed filling
procedure)
1 copy Field operations and methods manual
1 set Procedure tables and/or quick reference guides for stream discharge (laminated
or printed on write-in-the-rain paper)
61
-------
NOTES
62
-------
-------
7.0 PHYSICAL HABITAT CHARACTERIZATION
(a modification of Kaufmann and Robison, 1998)
In the broad sense, physical habitat in streams includes all those physical attributes
that influence or provide sustenance to organisms within the stream. Stream physical
habitat varies naturally, as do biological characteristics; thus, expectations differ even in the
absence of anthropogenic disturbance. Within a given physiographic-climatic region, stream
drainage area and overall stream gradient are likely to be strong natural determinants of
many aspects of stream habitat, because of their influence on discharge, flood stage, and
stream power (the prod uct of discharge times gradient). Kaufmann (1993) identified seven
general physical habitat attributes important in influencing stream ecology:
Channel Dimensions
Channel Gradient
Channel Substrate Size and Type
Habitat Complexity and Cover
Riparian Vegetation Cover and Structure
Anthropogenic Alterations
Channel-Riparian Interaction
All of these attributes may be directly or indirectly altered by anthropogenic activities.
Nevertheless, their expected values tend to vary systematically with stream size (drainage
area) and overall gradient (as measured from topographic maps). The relationships of
specific physical habitat measurements described in this section to these seven attributes
are discussed by Kaufmann (1993). Aquatic macrophytes, riparian vegetation, and large
woody debris are included in this and other physical habitat assessments because of their
role in modifying habitat structure and light inputs, even though they are actually biological
measures. The field physical habitat measurements from this field habitat characterization
are used in the context of water chemistry, temperature, and other data sources (e.g.,
remote sensing of basin land use and land cover). The combined data analyses will more
comprehensively describe additional habitat attributes and larger scales of physical habitat
or human disturbance than are evaluated by the field assessment alone. A comprehensive
data analysis guide (Kaufmann et al., 1999) discusses the detailed procedures used to
calculate metrics related to stream reach and riparian habitat quality from filed data collected
using these field protocols. This guide also discusses the precision associated with these
measurements and metrics.
These procedures are intended for evaluating physical habitat in wadeable streams.
The following field procedures are most efficiently applied during low flow conditions and
during times when terrestrial vegetation is active, but may be applied during other seasons
and higher flows except as limited by safety considerations. This collection of procedures is
designed for monitoring applications where robust, quantitative descriptions of reach-scale
habitat are desired, but time is limited.
The habitat characterization protocol used by WSA differs from other rapid habitat
assessment approaches (e.g., Rankin 1995, Barbour etal. 1999) by employing a
randomized, systematic spatial sampling design that minimizes bias in the placement and
positioning of measurements. Measures are taken over defined channel areas and these
sampling areas or points are placed systematically at spacings that are proportional to
63
-------
baseflow channel width. This systematic sampling design scales the sampling reach length
and resolution in proportion to stream size. It also allows statistical and series analyses of
the data that are not possible under other designs. The protocol was made as objective and
reproducible as possible, by using easily learned, repeatable measures of physical habitat in
place of estimation techniques wherever possible. Where estimation is employed, the
sampling team is directed to estimate attributes that are otherwise measurable, rather than
estimating the quality or importance of the attribute to the biota or its importance as an
indicator of disturbance. More traditional visual classification of channel unit scale habitat
types are included in the WSA program because they have been useful in past studies and
enhance comparability with other work.
The time commitment to gain repeatability and precision is greater than that required
for more qualitative methods. In field trials, two people typically complete the specified
channel, riparian, and discharge measurements in about 3.5 hours of field time (see Section
2, Table 2-1). However, the time required can vary considerably with channel
characteristics. On streams up to about 4 meters wide with sparse woody debris,
measurements can be completed in about two hours. The current protocol, requiring 21
wetted width measurements, will require less than 4.5 hours for a well-practiced crew of two,
even in large (>10 m wide), complex streams with abundant woody debris and deep water.
The procedures are employed on a sampling reach length 40 times its low flow
wetted width, as described in Section 4. Measurement points are systematically placed to
statistically represent the entire reach. Stream depth and wetted width are measured at
very tightly spaced intervals, whereas channel cross-section profiles, substrate, bank
characteristics and riparian vegetation structure are measured at larger spacings. Woody
debris is tallied along the full length of the sampling reach, and discharge is measured at
one location (see Section 6). The tightly spaced depth and width measures allow calculation
of indices of channel structural complexity, objective classification of channel units such as
pools, and quantification of residual pool depth, pool volume, and total stream volume.
7.1 COMPONENTS OF THE HABITAT CHARACTERIZATION
There are five different components of the WSA physical habitat characterization
(Table 7-1), including stream discharge, which is described in Section 6. Measurements for
the remaining four components are recorded on 11 copies of a two-sided field form, plus
separate forms for recording slope and bearing measurements, recording observations
concerning riparian legacy (large) trees, assessing the degree of channel constraint, and
recording evidence of debris torrents or recent major flooding. The thalweg profile is a
longitudinal survey of depth, habitat class, presence of soft/small sediment deposits, and
presence of off-channel habitat at 100 equally spaced intervals (150 in streams less than 2.5
m wide) along the centerline between the two ends of the sampling reach. "Thalweg" refers
to the flow path of the deepest water in a stream channel. Wetted width is measured and
substrate size is evaluated at 21 equally spaced cross-sections (at 11 regular Transects A
through K plus 10 supplemental cross-sections spaced midway between each of these).
Data for the second component, the woody debris tally, are recorded for each of 10
segments of stream located between the 11 regular transects. The third component, the
channel and riparian characterization, includes measures and/or visual estimates of
channel dimensions, substrate, fish cover, bank characteristics, riparian vegetation
structure, evidence of human disturbances, and presence of large (legacy) riparian trees.
64
-------
TABLE 7-1. COMPONENTS OF PHYSICAL HABITAT CHARACTERIZATION
Component
Description
Thalweg Profile:
(Section 7.4.1)
Woody Debris Tally:
(Section 7.4.2)
Channel and Riparian
Characterization:
(Section 7.5)
Measure maximum depth, classify habitat and pool-forming
features, check presence of backwaters, side channels and
deposits of soft, small sediment at 10-15 equally spaced intervals
between each of 11 channel cross-section transects (100 or 150
individual measurements along entire reach).
Measure wetted width and evaluate substrate size classes at 11
regular channel cross-section transects and midway between them
(21 width measurements and substrate cross-sections).
Between each of the channel cross sections, tally large woody
debris numbers within and above the bankfull channel according to
length and diameter classes (10 separate tallies).
At 11 cross-section transects (21 for substrate size) placed at
equal intervals along reach length:
Measure: channel cross section dimensions, bank height,
bank undercut distance, bank angle, slope and compass
bearing (backsight), and riparian canopy density (densio-
meter).
Visually Estimate3: substrate size class and embeddedness;
areal cover class and type (e.g., woody trees) of riparian
vegetation in Canopy, Mid-Layer and Ground Cover; areal
cover class offish concealment features, aquatic macro-
phytes and filamentous algae.
Observe & Record3: Presence and proximity of human
disturbances and large trees.
After completing Thalweg and Transect measurements and
observations, identify features causing channel constraint, estimate
the percentage of constrained channel margin for the whole reach,
and estimate the ratio of bankfull/valley width. Check evidence of
recent major floods and debris torrent scour or deposition.
In medium and large streams (defined in Section 6) measure water
depth and velocity at 0.6 depth at 15 to 20 equally spaced intervals
across one carefully chosen channel cross-section.
In very small streams, measure discharge by timing the filling of a
bucket or timing the passage of a neutral buoyant object through a
segment whose cross-sectional area has been estimated.
Substrate size class is estimated for a total of 105 particles taken at 5 equally-spaced points along each of 21 cross-
sections. Depth is measured and embeddedness estimated for the 55 particles located along the 11 regular transects
A through K. Cross-sections are defined by laying the surveyor's rod or tape to span the wetted channel. Woody debris
is tallied over the distance between each cross-section and the next cross-section upstream. Riparian vegetation and
human disturbances are observed 5m upstream and 5m downstream from the cross section transect. They extend
shoreward 10m from left and right banks. Fish cover types, aquatic macrophytes, and algae are observed within the
channel 5m upstream and 5m downstream from the cross section stations. These boundaries for visual observations
are estimated by eye.
Assessment of Chan-
nel Constraint, Debris
Torrents, and Major
Floods
(Section 7.6)
Discharge:
(see Section 6)
65
-------
These data are obtained at each of the 11 equally-spaced transects established within the
sampling reach. In addition, measurements of the stream slope and compass bearing
between stations are obtained, providing information necessary for calculating reach
gradient, residual pool volume, and channel sinuosity. The fourth component, assessment
of channel constraint, debris torrents, and major floods, is an overall assessment of
these characteristics for the whole reach, and is undertaken after the other components are
completed.
7.2 HABITAT SAMPLING LOCATIONS WITHIN THE SAMPLING REACH
Measurements are made at two scales of resolution along the length of the reach; the
results are later aggregated and expressed for the entire reach, a third level of resolution.
Figure 7-1 illustrates the locations within the sampling reach where data for the different
components of the physical habitat characterization are obtained. We assess habitat over
stream reach lengths that are approximately 40 times their average wetted width at base-
flow, but not less than 150 m long. This allows us to adjust the sample reach length to
accommodate varying sizes of streams (see Section 2). Many of the channel and riparian
features are characterized on 11 cross-sections and pairs of riparian plots spaced at 4
channel-width intervals (i.e., Transect spacing = 1/10th the total reach length). The thal-
weg profile measurements must be spaced evenly over the entire sampling reach. In
addition, they must be sufficiently close together that they do not "miss" deep areas and
habitat units that are in a size range of about 1/3 to 1/4 of the average channel width. Follow
these guidelines for choosing the interval between thalweg profile measurements:
Channel Width < 2.5 m — interval = 1.0 m
• Channel Width 2.5-3.5 m — interval = 1.5 m
• Channel Width > 3.5 m — interval = 0.01 x (reach length)
Following these guidelines, you will make 150 evenly spaced thalweg profile measurements
in the smallest category of streams, 15 between each detailed channel cross section. In all
of the larger stream sizes, you will make 100 measurements, 10 between each cross
section. We specify width measurements only at the 11 regular transect cross-sections and
10 supplemental cross-sections at the thalweg measurement points midway between each
pair of regular transects (a total of 21 wetted widths). If more resolution is desired, width
measurements may be made at all 100 or 150 thalweg profile locations.
66
-------
Instream fish cover
Riparian Vegetation &
Human Disturbance
Upstream end of
sampling reach
Substrate and Channel
Measurements
Channel/Riparian
Cross section
Transect
¦acksighting lor
bearing and
slope
H
Island - establish
secondary
transect
Bar - work
transect through
and across bars
J®
Thalweg profile
intervals
Woody Debris Tally
(between transects)
Downstream end of ^
sampling reach \J?
Figure 7-1. Sampling reach layout for physical habitat measurements (plan view).
67
-------
7.3 LOGISTICS AND WORK FLOW
The five components (Table 7-1) of the habitat characterization are organized into four
grouped activities:
a. Thalweg Profile and Large Woody Debris Tally (Section 7.4). Two people
proceed upstream from the downstream end of the sampling reach (see Figure 7-
1) making observations and measurements at the chosen increment spacing.
One person is in the channel making width and depth measurements, and
determining whether soft/small sediment deposits are present under his/her staff.
The other person records these measurements, classifies the channel habitat,
records presence/absence of side channels and off-channel habitats (e.g.
backwater pools, sloughs, alcoves), and tallies large woody debris. Each time
this team reaches a flag marking a new cross-section transect, they start filling
out a new copy of the Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris Form. They interrupt
the thalweg profile and woody debris tallying activities to complete data collection
at each cross-section transect as it comes. When the crew member in the water
makes a width measurement at channel locations midway between regular
transects (i.e., A, B,...K), s/he also locates and estimates the size class of the
substrate articles on the left channel margin and at positions 25%, 50%, 75%, and
100% of the distance across the wetted channel. Procedures for this substrate
tally are the same as for those at regular cross-sections, but data are recorded on
the Thalweg Profile side of the field form.
2. Channel/Riparian Cross-Sections (Section 7.5). One person proceeds with the
channel cross-section dimension, substrate, bank, and canopy cover
measurements. The second person records those measurements on the
Channel/ Riparian Cross-section Form while making visual estimates of riparian
vegetation structure, instream fish cover, and human disturbance specified on
that form. They also make observations to complete the riparian "legacy" tree
field form. Slope and bearing are determined together by backsiting to the
previous transect. Intermediate flagging (of a different color) may have to be used
if the stream is extremely brushy, sinuous, or steep to the point that you cannot
site for slope and bearing measures between two adjacent transects. (Note that
the crews could tally woody debris while doing the backsight, rather than during
the thalweg profile measurements.)
3. Channel Constraint and Torrent Evidence (Section 7.6). After completing
observations and measurements along the thalweg and at all 11 transects, the
field crew completes the overall reach assessments of channel constraint and
evidence of debris torrents and major floods.
4. Discharge (Section 6). Discharge measurements are made after collecting the
chemistry sample. They are done at a chosen optimal cross section (but not
necessarily at a transect) near the X-site. Furthermore, if a lot of channel
disruption is necessary and sediment must be stirred up, wait on this activity until
all chemical and biological sampling has been completed.
68
-------
7.4
THALWEG PROFILE AND LARGE WOODY DEBRIS MEASUREMENTS
7.4.1 Thalweg Profile
"Thalweg" refers to the flow path of the deepest water in a stream channel. The thal-
weg profile is a longitudinal survey of maximum depth and several other selected
characteristics at 100 or 150 equally spaced points along the centerline of the stream
between the two ends of the stream reach. Data from the thalweg profile allows calculation
of indices of residual pool volume, stream size, channel complexity, and the relative
proportions of habitat types such as riffles and pools. In this habitat assessment procedure,
one proceeds upstream in the middle of the channel, rather than along the thalweg itself
(though each thalweg depth measurement is taken at the deepest point at each incremental
position). One field person walks upstream (wearing felt-soled waders) carrying a fiberglass
telescoping (1.5 to 7.5 m) surveyor's rod and a 1-m metric ruler (or a calibrated rod or pole,
such as a ski pole). A second person on the bank or in the stream carries a clipboard with
11 copies of the field data form.
The procedure for obtaining thalweg profile measurements is presented in Table 7-2.
Record data on the Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris Data Form as shown in Figure 7-2.
Use the surveyor's rod and a metric ruler or calibrated rod or pole to make the
required depth and width measurements, and to measure off the distance between
measurement points as you proceed upstream. Ideally, every tenth thalweg measurement
will bring you within one increment spacing from the flag marking a new cross-section
profile. The flag will have been set previously by carefully taping along the channel, making
the same bends that you do while measuring the thalweg profile (refer to Figure 7-1).
However, you may still need to make minor adjustments to align each 10th measurement to
be one thalweg increment short of the cross section. In streams with average widths
smaller than 2.5m, you will be making thalweg measurements at 1-meter increments.
Because the minimum reach length is set at 150 meters, there will be 15 measurements
between each cross section. Use the 5 extra lines on the thalweg profile portion of the data
form (Figure 7-2) to record these measurements.
It is very important that thalweg depths are obtained from all measurement points.
Missing depths at the ends of the sampling reach (e.g., due to the stream flowing into or out
of a culvert or under a large pile of debris) can be tolerated, but those occurring in the
middle of the sampling reach are more difficult to deal with. Flag these missing
measurements using a "K" code and explain the reason for the missing measurements in
the comments section of the field data form. At points where a direct depth measurement
cannot be obtained, make your best estimate of the depth, record it on the field form, and
flag the value using a "U" code (for suspect measurement), explaining that it is an estimated
value in the comments section of the field data form. Where the thalweg points are too
deep for wading, measure the depth by extending the surveyor's rod at an angle to reach
the thalweg point. Record the water level on the rod, and the rod angle, as determined
using the external scale on the clinometer (vertical = 90°). This procedure can also be done
with a taut string or fishing line (see Table 7-3). In analyzing this data the thalweg depth is
calculated as the length of rod (or string) under water multiplied by the trigonometric sin of
69
-------
TABLE 7-2. THALWEG PROFILE PROCEDURE
1. Determine the interval between measurement stations based on the wetted width used to
determine the length of the sampling reach.
For widths < 2.5 m, establish stations every 1 m.
For widths between 2.5 and 3.5 m, establish stations every 1.5 m
For widths > 3.5 m, establish stations at increments equal to 0.01 times the sampling
reach length.
2. Complete the header information on the Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris Form, noting the
transect pair (downstream to upstream). Record the interval distance determined in Step 1 in
the "Increment" field on the field data form.
NOTE: If a side channel is present, and contains between 16 and 49% of the total flow,
establish secondary cross-section transects as necessary. Use separate field data forms to
record data for the side channel, designating each secondary transect by checking both "X"
and the associated primary transect letter (e.g., XA, XB, etc.). Collect all channel and riparian
cross-section measurements from the side channel.
3. Begin at the downstream end (station "0") of the first transect (Transect "A").
4. Measure the wetted width if you are at station "0", station "5" (if the stream width defining the
reach length is > 2.5 m), or station "7" (if the stream width defining the reach length is < 2.5
m). Wetted width is measured across and over mid-channel bars and boulders. Record the
width on the field data form to the nearest 0.1 m for widths up to about 3 meters, and to the
nearest 5% for widths > 3 m. This is 0.2 m for widths of 4 to 6 m, 0.3 m for widths of 7 to 8 m,
and 0.5 m for widths of 9 or 10 m, and so on. For dry and intermittent streams, where no
water is in the channel, record zeros for wetted width.
NOTE: If a mid-channel bar is present at a station where wetted width is measured, measure
the bar width and record it on the field data form.
5. At station 5 or 7 (see above) classify the substrate particle size at the tip of your depth
measuring rod at the left wetted margin and at positions 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the
distance across the wetted width of the stream. This procedure is identical to the substrate
size evaluation procedure described for regular channel cross-sections A through K, except
that for these mid-way supplemental cross-sections, substrate size is entered on the Thalweg
Profile side of the field form.
6. At each thalweg profile station, use a meter ruler or a calibrated pole or rod to locate the
deepest point (the "thalweg"), which may not always be located at mid-channel. Measure the
thalweg depth to the nearest cm, and record it on the thalweg profile form. Read the depth on
the side of the ruler, rod, or pole to avoid inaccuracies due to the wave formed by the rod in
moving water.
NOTE: For dry and intermittent streams, where no water is in the channel, record zeros for
depth.
(continued)
70
-------
TABLE 7-2 (Continued)
NOTE: It is critical to obtain thalweg depths at all stations. At stations where the thalweg is
too deep to measure directly, stand in shallower water and extend the surveyor's rod or
calibrated rod or pole at an angle to reach the thalweg. Determine the rod angle by resting
the clinometer on the upper surface of the rod and reading the angle on the external scale of
the clinometer. Leave the depth reading for the station blank, and record a "U" flag. Record
the water level on the rod and the rod angle in the comments section of the field data form.
For even deeper depths, it is possible to use the same procedure with a taut string as the
measuring device. Tie a weight to one end of a length of string or fishing line, and then toss
the weight into the deepest channel location. Draw the string up tight and measure the length
of the line that is underwater. Measure the string angle with the clinometer exactly as done
for the surveyor's rod.
If a direct measurement cannot be obtained, make the best estimate you can of the thalweg
depth, and use a "U" flag to identify it as an estimated measurement.
7. At the point where the thalweg depth is determined, observe whether unconsolidated, loose
("soft") deposits of small diameter (<16mm), sediments are present directly beneath your
ruler, rod, or pole. Soft/small sediments are defined here as fine gravel, sand, silt, clay or
muck readily apparent by "feeling" the bottom with the staff. Record presence or absence in
the "Soft/Small Sediment" field on the field data form. Note: A thin coating of fine sediment
orsilty algae coating the surface of cobbles should not be considered soft/small sediment for
this assessment. However, fine sediment coatings should be identified in the comments
section of the field form when determining substrate size and type.
8. Determine the channel unit code and pool forming element codes for the station. Record
these on the field data form using the standard codes provided. For dry and intermittent
streams, where no water is in the channel, record habitat type as dry channel (DR).
9. If the station cross-section intersects a mid-channel bar, Indicate the presence of the bar in
the "Bar Width" field on the field data form.
10. Record the presence or absence of a side channel at the station's cross-section in the "Side
Channel" field on the field data form.
11. Record the presence or absence of quiescent off-channel aquatic habitats, including sloughs,
alcoves and backwater pools in the "Backwater" column of the field form. If a backwater pool
dominates the channel, record "PB" as the dominant habitat unit class. If the backwater is a
pool that does not dominate the main channel, or if it is an off-channel alcove or slough, circle
"Y" to indicate presence of a backwater in the "Backwater" column of the field form, but
classify the main channel habitat unit type according to characteristics of the main channel.
12. Proceed upstream to the next station, and repeat Steps 4 through 11.
13. Repeat Steps 4 through 12 until you reach the next transect. At this point complete
Channel/Riparian measurements at the new transect (Section 7.5). Then prepare a new
Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris Form and repeat Steps 2 through 12 for each of the reach
segments, until you reach the upstream end of the sampling reach (Transect "K").
71
-------
-vl
ro
(O
c
cB
¦Nl
ro
(O
¦o
o
CD
fi>
3
a
s
o
o
Q.
<
a
CD
CT
O
3
PHAB: THALWEG PROFILE & WOODY DEBRIS FORM STREAMS
Zf
SIT 5 ID I*!'"? 11 1
date o 7 . / C», I / 2 0 0 2
TRANSECT
1 A S * * C
] r-o . G-H
! C -0 .'DC E f
IH-I ' i-4 J-K
THALWEG PROFILE
For Tf3iiM£j A-8 ONLY.
Is fj) *<4 'k i. fr
OA# rtiv1>'
¦sca^f
../y
* S? T &
f
, -c
©' T g?
ff
£) (P1
fi.A T 5? JT . J?
S - * ?t c
&
$'&F>
10
11 |
12
1J
14
* ®
r
r-
r ®_
»®
^ p
V N
¥ N
|«_or l| LFT ^ CCTR CTW RCTR RGT
SA ifi*
FLAG
. ff jc
J* :
~^>7|
LARGE WOODY DEBRIS f rwSM
flS 1H"A* f is l»aKM .it l •"
mBmmn-
riAii
Lprqlf* 1
CUMMi Hi ft $iw SUISSTftATC and IWD)
(q IW
OWWBu JMT CODES
pf ft I
POOL FO» COOES
i s r,
. ¦ »» •: v>
M*
m i no-: t&a r^* n*#***
-------
the rod angle. (For example, if 3 meters of the rod are under water when the rod held at 30
degrees (sin=0.5), the actual thalweg depth is 6 meters.) These calculations are done after
field forms are returned for data analysis. On the field form, crews are required only to
record the wetted length of the rod under the water, a "U" code in the flag field, and a
comment to the right saying "depth taken at an angle of _xx_ degrees." If a direct measure-
ment of the thalweg depth is not possible, make the best estimate you can of the depth,
record it, and use a "U" flag and comments to note it is an estimated value.
At every thalweg measurement increment, determine by sight or feel whether
deposits of soft/small sediment is present on the channel bottom. These particles are
defined as substrate equal to or smaller than fine gravel (< 16 mm diameter). These
soft/small sediments are NOT the same as "Fines" described when determining the
substrate particle sizes at the cross-section transects (Section 7.5.2). For the thalweg
profile, determine if soft/small sediment deposits are readily obvious by feeling the bottom
with your boot, the surveyor's rod, or the calibrated rod or pole. (Note that a very thin
coating of silt or algae on cobble bottom substrate does not qualify as "soft/small"
sediment for this purpose.)
Wetted width is measured at each transect (station 0), and midway between tran-
sects (station 5 for larger streams having 100 measurement points, or station 7 for smaller
streams having 150 measurement points). The wetted width boundary is the point at which
substrate particles are no longer surrounded by free water. Substrate size is estimated for 5
particles evenly spaced across each midway cross-section using procedures identical to
those described for substrate at regular cross-sections (Section 7.5.2), but at the
supplemental cross-sections, only the size class (not the distance and depth) data are
recorded in spaces provided on the Thalweg Profile side of the field form.
While recording the width and depth measurements and the presence of soft/small
sediments, the second person chooses and records the habitat class and the pool forming
element codes (Table 7-3) applicable to each of the 100 (or 150) measurement points along
the length of the reach. These channel unit habitat classifications and pool-forming
elements are modified from those of Bisson et al. (1982) and Frissell et al. (1986). The
resulting database of traditional visual habitat classifications will provide a bridge of common
understanding with other studies. Channel unit scale habitat classifications are to be made
at the thalweg of the cross section. The habitat unit itself must meet a minimum size criteria
in addition to the qualitative criteria listed in Table 7-3. Before being considered large
enough to be identified as a channel-unit scale habitat feature, the unit should be at least as
long as the channel is wide. For instance, if there is a small deep (pool-like) area at the
thalweg within a large riffle area, don't record it as a pool unless it occupies an area about
as wide or long as the channel is wide.
Mid-channel bars, islands, and side channels pose some problems for the sampler
conducting a thalweg profile and necessitate some guidance. Bars are defined here as mid-
channel features below the bankfull flow mark that are dry during baseflow conditions (see
Section 7.5.3 for the definition of bankfull channel). Islands are mid-channel features that
are dry even when the stream is experiencing a bankfull flow. Both bars and islands cause
the stream to split into side channels. When a mid-channel bar is encountered along the
thalweg profile, it is noted on the field form and the active channel is considered to include
the bar. Therefore, the wetted width is measured as the distance between wetted left and
73
-------
right banks. It is measured across and over mid-channel bars and boulders. If mid-channel
bars are present, record the bar width in the space provided.
TABLE 7-3. CHANNEL UNIT AND POOL FORMING ELEMENT CATEGORIES
Channel Unit Habitat Classes9
Class (Code)
Pools:
Still water, low
the channel:
Plunge Pool (PP)
Trench Pool (PT)
Lateral Scour Pool (PL)
Backwater Pool (PB)
Impoundment Pool (PD)
Pool (P)
Glide (GL)
Riffle (Rl)
Rapid (RA)
Cascade (CA)
Falls (FA)
Dry Channel (DR)
Description
velocity, smooth, glassy surface, usually deep compared to other parts of
Pool at base of plunging cascade or falls.
Pool-like trench in the center of the stream
Pool scoured along a bank.
Pool separated from main flow off the side of the channel.
Pool formed by impoundment above dam or constriction.
Pool (unspecified type).
Water moving slowly, with a smooth, unbroken surface. Low turbulence.
Water moving, with small ripples, waves and eddies ~ waves not break-
ing, surface tension not broken. Sound: "babbling", "gurgling".
Water movement rapid and turbulent, surface with intermittent
Whitewater with breaking waves. Sound: continuous rushing, but not as
loud as cascade.
Water movement rapid and very turbulent over steep channel bottom.
Most of the water surface is broken in short, irregular plunges, mostly
Whitewater. Sound: roaring.
Free falling water over a vertical or near vertical drop into plunge, water
turbulent and white over high falls. Sound: from splash to roar.
No water in the channel
(continued)
Note that in order for a channel habitat unit to be distinguished, it must be at least as wide or long as the channel is wide.
74
-------
TABLE 7-3 (Continued)
Categories of Pool-forming Elements"
Code Category
N Not Applicable, Habitat Unit is not a pool
W Large Woody Debris.
R Rootwad
B Boulder or Bedrock
F Unknown cause (unseen fluvial processes)
WR, RW, RBW Combinations
OT Other (describe in the comments section of field form)
b Remember that most pools are formed at high flows, so you may need to look at features, such as large woody debris, that
are dry at baseflow, but still within the bankfull channel.
If a mid-channel feature is as high as the surrounding flood plain, it is considered an
island. Treat side channels resulting from islands different from mid-channel bars. Handle
the ensuing side channel based on visual estimates of the percent of total flow within the
side channel as follows:
Less than 15% Indicate the presence of a side channel on the field data form.
16 to 49% Indicate the presence of a side channel on the field data form.
Establish a secondary transect across the side channel
designated as "X" plus the primary transect letter; (e.g., XA), by
checking boxes for both "X" and the appropriate transect letter
(e.g., A through K) on a separate copy of the field data form.
Complete the detailed channel and riparian cross-section
measurements for the side channel on this form.
When a side channel occurs due to an island, reflect its presence with continuous
entries in the "Side Channel" field on the Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris Form (Figure 7-
2). In addition, note the points of divergence and confluence of the side channel in the
comments section of the thalweg profile form. Begin entries at the point where the side
channel converges with the main channel; note the side channel presence continuously until
the upstream point where it diverges. When doing width measures with a side channel
separated by an island, include only the width of the main channel in the measures at the
time and then measure the side channel width separately.
If no water is in the channel at a thalweg station, record zeros for depth and wetted
width. Record the habitat type as dry channel (DR).
75
-------
7.4.2 Large Woody Debris Tally
Methods for large woody debris (LWD) measurement are a simplified adaptation of
those described by Robison and Beschta (1990). This component of the WSA physical
habitat characterization allows quantitative estimates of the number, size, total volume and
distribution of wood within the stream reach. LWD is defined here as woody material with a
small end diameter of at least 10 cm (4 in.) and a length of at least 1.5 m (5 ft.).
The procedure for tallying LWD is presented in Table 7-4. The tally includes all
pieces of LWD that are at least partially in the baseflow channel, the "active channel" (flood
channel up to bankfull stage), or spanning above the active channel (Figure 7-3). The active
(or "bankfull") channel is defined as the channel that is filled by moderate sized flood events
that typically recur every one to two years. LWD in the active channel is tallied over the
entire length of the reach, including the area between the channel cross-section transects.
As in the thalweg profile, LWD measurements in the LWD piece is tallied in only one box.
Pieces of LWD that are not at least partially within Zones 1, 2, or 3 are not tallied.
For each LWD piece, first visually estimate its length and its large and small end
diameters in order to place it in one of the diameter and length categories. The diameter
class on the field form (Figure 7-2) refers to the large end diameter. Sometimes LWD is not
cylindrical, so it has no clear "diameter". In these cases visually estimate what the diameter
would be for a piece of wood with a circular cross section that would have the same volume.
When evaluating length, include only the part of the LWD piece that has a diameter greater
than 10 cm (4 in). Count each of the LWD pieces as one tally entry and include the whole
piece when assessing dimensions, even if part of it is in Zone 4 (outside of the bankfull
channel). For both the Zone 1-2 wood and the Zone 3 LWD, the field form (Figure 7-2)
provides 12 entry boxes for tallying debris pieces visually estimated within three length and
four diameter class combinations. Each LWD piece is tallied in only one box. There are 12
size classes for wood at least partially in Zones 1 and 2, and 12 for wood partially within
Zone 3. Wood that is not at least partially within those zones is not tallied.
7.5 CHANNEL AND RIPARIAN MEASUREMENTS AT CROSS-SECTION TRANSECTS
7.5.1 Slope and Bearing
The slope, or gradient, of the stream reach is useful in three different ways. First,
the overall stream gradient is one of the major stream classification variables, giving an
indication of potential water velocities and stream power, which are in turn important
controls on aquatic habitat and sediment transport within the reach. Second, the spatial
variability of stream gradient is a measure of habitat complexity, as reflected in the diversity
of water velocities and sediment sizes within the stream reach. Lastly, using methods
described by Stack (1989) and Robison and Kaufmann (1994), the water surface slope will
allow us to compute residual pool depths and volumes from the multiple depth and width
measurements taken in the thalweg profile (Section 7.4.1). Compass bearings between
cross-section stations, along with the distance between stations, will allow us to estimate the
sinuosity of the channel (ratio of the length of the reach divided by the straight line distance
between the two reach ends).
76
-------
TABLE 7-4. PROCEDURE FOR TALLYING LARGE WOODY DEBRIS
Note: Tally pieces of large woody debris (LWD) within each segment of stream at the same time the
thalweg profile is being determined. Include all pieces whose large end is located within the segment
in the tally.
1. Scan the stream segment between the two cross-section transects where thalweg profile
measurements are being made.
2. Tally all LWD pieces within the segment that are at least partially within the bankfull channel.
Determine if a piece is LWD (small end diameter >10 cm [4 in.]; length >1.5 m [5 ft.])
3. For each piece of LWD, determine the class based on the diameter of the large end (0.1 m
to < 0.3 m, 0.3 m to <0.6 m, 0.6 m to <0.8 m, or >0.8 m, and the class based on the length of
the piece (1,5m to <5.0m, 5m to <15m, or >15m).
If the piece is not cylindrical, visually estimate what the diameter would be for
a piece of wood with circular cross section that would have the same volume.
When estimating length, include only the part of the LWD piece that has a
diameter greater than 10 cm (4 in)
For log jam, measure/count pieces holding jar in place; flag and then estimate
the height/dimensions of entire jam and describe the pieces that comprise the
jam
4. Place a tally mark in the appropriate diameter * length class tally box in the "Pieces All/Part
in Bankfull Channel" section of the Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris Form.
5. Tally all LWD pieces within the segment that are not actually within the bankfull channel, but
are at least partially spanning (bridging) the bankfull channel. For each piece, determine the
class based on the diameter of the large end (0.1 m to < 0.3 m, 0.3 m to <0.6 m, 0.6 m to
<0.8 m, or >0.8 m), and the class based on the length of the piece (1.5 m to <5.0 m, 5 m to
<15 m, or >15 m).
6. Place a tally mark for each piece in the appropriate diameter * length class tally box in the
"Pieces Bridge Above Bankfull Channel" section of the Thalweg Profile and Woody Debris
Form.
7. After all pieces within the segment have been tallied, write the total number of pieces for each
diameter * length class in the small box at the lower right-hand corner of each tally box.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for the next stream segment, using a new Thalweg Profile and
Woody Debris Form.
77
-------
BANKFULL CHANNEL WIDTH
ZONE
ZONE 4
WATER SURFACE AT
BANKFULL FLOW
WATER SURFACE
AT BASEFLOW
ZONE V
Figure 7-3. Large woody debris influence zones (modified from Robison and Beschta, 1990)
Measure slope and bearing by "backsighting" downstream between transects (e.g.,
transect "B" to "A", "C" to "B", etc.) as shown in Figure 7-4. To measure the slope and
bearing between adjacent stations, use a clinometer, bearing compass, tripod, tripod
extension, and flagging, following the procedure presented in Table 7-5. Record slope and
bearing data on the Slope and Bearing Form as shown in Figure 7-5.
Slope can also be measured by two people, each having a pole that is marked at the
same height. Alternatively, the second person can be "flagged" at the eye level of the
person doing the backsiting. Be sure that vou mark your eve level on the other person or on
a separate pole beforehand while standing on level ground. Site to your eye level when
backsiting on your co-worker. Particularly in streams with slopes less than 3%. we
recommend that field crews use poles marked at exactly the same height for sighting
slope. When two poles are used, site from the mark on one pole to the mark on the
other. Also, be sure that the second person is standing (or holding the marked pole)
at the water's edge or in the same depth of water as vou are. The intent is to get a
measure of the water surface slope, which may not necessarily be the same as the bottom
slope.
78
-------
Slope (gradient) Measurement
Downstream T ransBct
1 jp^trc a m T ransecl
optt**'
txafs!™
-f
/"
Tr pcd
at sy
w.t.-', fiagg'ig
Ifw.
Sta-d a*, transect if same watts
deptr as iripod (may have to
move to s-cIp of canne as
shown heiej
Bearing Measurement Between Transects
(?) ..
//
is
k'^Ng) */
Bac\3-cM wtn
compass
fH ). '
•Ay
\j£- *
-------
TABLE 7-5. PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING SLOPE AND BEARING DATA
1. Stand in the center of the channel at the downstream cross-section transect. Determine if you
can see the center of the channel at the next cross-section transect upstream without sighting
across land (i.e., do not "short-circuit" a meander bend). If not, you will have to take
supplementary slope and bearing measurements.
2. Set up the tripod in shallow water or at the water's edge at the downstream cross-section
transect (or at a supplemental point). Standing tall in a position with your feet as near as
possible to the water surface elevation, set the tripod extension and mark it with a piece of
flagging at your eye level. Remember the depth of water in which you are standing when you
adjust the flagging to eye level.
On gradually sloped streams, it is advisable to use two people, each holding a pole
marked with flagging at the same height on both poles.
3. Walk upstream to the next cross-section transect. Find a place to stand at the upstream
transect (or at a supplemental point) that is at the same depth as where you stood at the
downstream transect when you set up the eye-level flagging.
If you have determined in Step 1 that supplemental measurements are required for this
segment, walk upstream to the furthest point where you can still see the center of the
channel at the downstream cross-section transect from the center of the channel. Mark
this location with a different color flagging than that marking the cross-section transects.
4. With the clinometer, sight back downstream on your flagging at the downstream transect (or at
the supplementary point). Read and record the percent slope in the "Main" section on the Slope
and Bearing Form. Record the "Proportion" as 100%.
If two people are involved, place the base of each pole at the water level (or at the same
depth at each transect). Then sight with the clinometer (or Abney level) from the flagged
height on upstream pole to the flagged height on the downstream pole.
If you are backsighting from a supplemental point, record the slope (%) and proportion (%)
of the stream segment that is included in the measurement in the appropriate
"Supplemental" section of the Slope and Bearing Form.
5. Stand in the middle of the channel at upstream transect (or at a supplemental point), and sight
back with your compass to the middle of the channel at the downstream transect (or at a
supplemental point). Record the bearing (degrees) in the "Main" section of the Slope and
Bearing Form.
If you are backsighting from a supplemental point, record the bearing in the appropriate
"Supplemental" section of the Slope and Bearing Form.
6. Retrieve the tripod from the downstream cross section station (or from the supplemental point)
and set it up at the next upstream transect (or at a supplemental point) as described in Step 2.
7. When you get to each new cross-section transect (or to a supplementary point), backsight on the
previous transect (or the supplementary point), repeat Steps 2 through 6 above.
80
-------
2 z
o o
£C .
2L
o o
SFP
I
HI
S
Ul
_I
Q.
CL
3
CO
i°?
&Q
o >
0) £
go
5 &
cc
<
UJ
m
a z
o o
fp
vj
cs
y
g 5
nao
r 3
HDD
o
0
CO
Q
K
o
N1
fO
C>
r<
o
IT
0=
Q I
~
m
P s o
~ ~~
8 ~ ~
P S o
~ ~ ~
d x 5
»~ ~
E
o
r-
v>
o
V,
3?
p s o
~ ~~
d i 5
BOO
t-
O E
~
(V)
m
(So
~ ~ o
ann
Oo
f J5
ODD
_j . j <
o r _j
65 ~ ~
*
u.
C*
^ E
o
~
B
t± 5 6
~ ~~
d x 5
HDD
~x
*
/
vj
*N
u.
u
v»j
s.
>*
$
oc
R
£
ei-
io
(«
u
o
¦V
t
A
£
*
s
lb
•I
<4
Ui
k
}-
t
I
9
1
5
o
H
ul
U
Figure 7-5. Slope and Bearing Form.
81
-------
As stated earlier, it may be necessary to set up intermediate ("supplementary") slope
and bearing points between a pair of cross-section transects if you do not have direct line-
of-sight along (and within) the channel between stations (see Figure 7-4). This can happen
if brush is too heavy, or if there are sharp slope breaks or tight meander bends. If vou would
have to sight across land to measure slope or bearing between two transects, then vou
need to make supplementary measurements (i.e.. do not "short-circuit" a meander bend).
Mark these intermediate station locations with a different color of plastic flagging than used
for the cross-section transects to avoid confusion. Record these supplemental slope and
bearing measurements, along with the proportion of the stream segment between transects
included in each supplemental measurement, in the appropriate sections of the Slope and
Bearing Form (Figure 7-5). Note that the main slope and bearing observations are always
downstream of supplemental observations. Similarly, first supplemental observations are
always downstream of second supplemental observations.
7.5.2 Substrate Size and Channel Dimensions
Substrate size is one of the most important determinants of habitat character for fish
and macroinvertebrates in streams. Along with bedform (e.g., riffles and pools), substrate
influences the hydraulic roughness and consequently the range of water velocities in the
channel. It also influences the size range of interstices that provide living space and cover
for macroinvertebrates. Substrate characteristics are often sensitive indicators of the effects
of human activities on streams. Decreases in the mean substrate size and increases in the
percentage of fine sediments, for example, may destabilize channels and indicate changes
in the rates of upland erosion and sediment supply (Dietrich et al, 1989; Wilcock, 1998).
Substrate size and embeddedness are evaluated at each of the 11 cross-section
transects (refer to Figure 7-1) using a combination of methods adapted from those
described by Wolman (1954), Bain et al. (1985), Platts et al. (1983), and Plafkin et al.
(1989). Substrate size is evaluated also at 10 additional cross-sections located midway
between each of the 11 regular transects (A-K). The basis of the protocol is a systematic
selection of 5 substrate particles from each of 21 cross-section transects (Figure 7-6). In the
process of measuring substrate particle sizes at each channel cross section, you also
measure the wetted width of the channel and the water depth at each substrate sample
point (at the 10 midway cross-sections, only substrate size and wetted width are recorded).
If the wetted channel is split by a mid-channel bar (see Section 7.4.1), the five substrate
points are centered between the wetted width boundaries regardless of the mid-channel bar
in between. Consequently, substrate particles selected in some cross-sections may be
"high and dry". For cross-sections with dry channels, make measurements across the
unvegetated portion of the channel.
The distance you record to the right bank is the same as the wetted channel width. (NOTE:
this is the same value that is also recorded under "Bank Measurements" on the same form
[Section 7.5.3]). The substrate sampling points along the cross-section are located at 0, 25,
50, 75, and 100 percent of the measured wetted width, with the first and last points located
at the water's edge just within the left and right banks.
82
-------
75%
Wetted
Width
25%
Wetted
Wdth
'if
50%
Wetted
Wdth
Right
Bank
Left
Bank
Meter ruler or
calibrated
rod/pole
Suiveyor's rod
measuring tape
Figure 7-6. Substrate sampling cross-section.
The procedure for obtaining substrate measurements is described in Table 7-6.
Record these measurements on the Channel/Riparian Cross-section side of the field form,
as shown in Figure 7-7. For the supplemental cross-sections midway between regular
transects, record substrate size and wetted width data on the Thalweg Profile side of the
field form. To minimize bias in selecting a substrate particle for size classification, it is
important to concentrate on correct placement of the measuring stick along the cross-
section, and to select the particle right at the bottom of the stick (not, for example, a more
noticeable large particle that is just to the side of the stick). Classify the particle into one of
the size classes listed on the field data form (Figure 7-7) based on the middle dimension of
its length, width, and depth. This "median" dimension determines the sieve size through
which the particle can pass. Always distinguish "hardpan" from "fines", coding hardpan as
"HP". Similarly, always distinguish concrete or asphalt from bedrock; denote these artificial
substrates as "RC" and record their size class in the comments section of the field data
form. Code and describe other artificial substrates (including metal, tires, car bodies, etc.)
as "other" ("OT") on the field form. When you record the size class as "OT" (other), assign
an "F"-series flag on the field data form (Figure 7-7) and describe the substrate type in the
comments section of the field form, as shown in Figure 7-2.
83
-------
TABLE 7-6. SUBSTRATE MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE
1. Fill in the header information on page 1 of a Channel/Riparian Cross-section Form. Indicate the
cross-section transect. At the transect, extend the surveyor's rod across the channel
perpendicular to the flow, with the "zero" end at the left bank (facing downstream). If the
channel is too wide for the rod, stretch the metric tape in the same manner.
2. Divide the wetted channel width channel by 4 to locate substrate measurement points on the
cross-section. In the "DistLB" fields of the form, record the distances corresponding to 0%
(Lft), 25% (LCtr), 50% (Ctr), 75% (Rctr), and 100% (Rgt) of the measured wetted width.
Record these distances at Transects A-K., but just the wetted width at midway cross-sections.
3. Place your sharp-ended meter stick or calibrated pole at the "Lft" location (0 m). Measure the
depth and record it on the field data form. (Cross-section depths are measured only at regular
transects A-K, not at the 10 midway cross-sections).
Depth entries at the left and right banks may be 0 (zero) if the banks are gradual.
If the bank is nearly vertical, let the base of the measuring stick fall to the bottom, rather
than holding it suspended at the water surface.
4. Pick up the substrate particle that is at the base of the meter stick (unless it is bedrock or
boulder), and visually estimate its particle size, according to the following table. Classify the
particle according to its "median" diameter (the middle dimension of its length, width, and depth).
Record the size class code on the field data form. (Cross-section side of form for Transects A-K;
special entry boxes on Thalweg Profile side of form for midway cross-sections.)
Code
Size Class
Size Range (mm)
Description
RS
Bedrock (Smooth)
>4000
Smooth surface rock bigger than a car
RR
Bedrock (Rough)
>4000
Rough surface rock bigger than a car
HP
Hardpan
>4000
Firm, consolidated fine substrate
LB
Boulders (large)
>1000 to 4000
Yard/meter stick to car size
SB
Boulders (small)
>250 to 1000
Basketball to yard/meter stick size
CB
Cobbles
>64 to 250
Tennis ball to basketball size
GC
Gravel (Coarse)
>16 to 64
Marble to tennis ball size
GF
Gravel (Fine)
>2 to 16
Ladybug to marble size
SA
Sand
>0.06 to 2
Smaller than ladybug size, but visible as particles - gritty
between fingers
FN
Fines
<0.06
Silt Clay Muck (not gritty between fingers)
WD
Wood
Regardless of Size
Wood & other organic particles
RC
Concrete
Regardless of size
Record size class in comment field
OT
Other
Regardless of Size
metal, tires, car bodies etc. (describe in comments)
5. Evaluate substrate embeddedness as follows at 11 transects A-K. For particles larger than
sand, examine the surface for stains, markings, and algae. Estimate the average percentage
embeddedness of particles in the 10 cm circle around the measuring rod. Record this value on
the field data form. By definition, sand and fines are embedded 100 percent; bedrock and
hardpan are embedded 0 percent.
6. Move successively to the next location along the cross section. Repeat steps 4 through 6 at
each location. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 at each new cross section transect.
84
-------
CO
cn
(O
c
cB
-Nl
¦^1
3
3
"O
3
O
(0
(0
<0
O
5'
3
-
O
3
PHAB: THALWEG PROFILE & WOODY DEBRIS FORM STREAMS W#*UjNr*«! hy
JO?
wit o_*J2- -'-'-v
DATE... 0,7 ,t O. I I, 2 0 0 2
TWANStCT
. A-0 IIBC
;F-G G-»«
i c d ,m: e-f
I H-l ., M r j-K
THALWEG FROnLE
For Transact *¦« ONLY
f ->tA ,
~7
~fr
3 s
.17..
1.4
ttAK ft-OW
s^ft
-
3
7X ¦ ®
S.
'* »'
c"
f
/Y
A'
T^y
__
f eg
€)•
5 _
FT
J¥.
S>
s>"
© &'
6?
<5.ji
' 5
f3
#7
10 ;
n j
12 1
13;
14 ;
®!
0
©
n
rr
rr
P
el
JL
t
"9 s *
®Z
S5 * •
I ® " fT
¦£> f
¥ N
¥ H
SW g/fA*w10 cm tasaH da/twa*. 1,5 m Ss^f
CHICK If
OOKLU 4ftV rtrto
U8A.MF.JfcH
C*D ! Lrrrvitt !
tt »% ft, J *AH1 i»i I
31
*,U»*$1I»AU UJt UA&t, Cud£*i
TOOL FGffli C00E5
C«£$«*£L JMT CODES
' * ¦ »* * *
W3 - «¦••.*»* •»•«<»¦
ft » >,».*. #>%«¦*, UMWfl.
•HWi-
Xj •# W ifcHWS
f3^ * Pa**
!•«.***-
54 * !?«(¦ ;
Si >
$£ i Iim !
£a * Cmksws I
CO * i-» !i
t '.f. 5- •
t
¦¦'/-.. ¦¦ it.;
«iJ i'J&i .
-------
At substrate sampling locations on the 11 regular transects (A-K), examine particles
larger than sand for surface stains, markings, and algal coatings to estimate embeddedness
of all particles in the 10 cm diameter circle around the substrate sampling point. Embedded-
ness is the fraction of a particle's surface that is surrounded by (embedded in) sand or finer
sediments on the stream bottom. By definition, record the embeddedness of sand and fines
(silt, clay, and muck) as 100 percent, and record the embeddedness of hardpan and
bedrock as 0 percent.
7.5.3 Bank Characteristics
The procedure for obtaining bank and channel dimension measurements is
presented in Table 7-7. Data are recorded in the "Bank Measurements" section of the
Channel/Riparian Cross-section Form as shown in Figure 7-7. Bank angle and bank
undercut distance are determined on the left and right banks at each cross section transect.
Other features include the wetted width of the channel (as determined in Section 7.5.2), the
width of exposed mid-channel bars of gravel or sand, estimated incision height, and the
estimated height and width of the channel at bankfull stage as described in Table 7-6.
Bankfull height and incised height are both measured relative to the present water
surface. In other words, both are measured up from the level of the wetted edge of the
stream.
The "bankfull" or "active" channel is defined as the channel that is filled by
moderate-sized flood events that typically occur every one or two years. Such flows do not
generally overtop the channel banks to inundate the valley floodplain, and are believed to
control channel dimensions in most streams. Spotting the level of bankfull flow during
baseflow conditions requires judgement and practice; even then it remains somewhat
subjective. In many cases there is an obvious slope break that differentiates the channel
from a relatively flat floodplain terrace higher than the channel. Because scouring and
inundation from bankfull flows are typically frequent enough to inhibit the growth of terrestrial
vegetation, the bankfull channel may be evident by a transition from exposed stream
sediments to terrestrial vegetation. Similarly, it may be identified by noting moss growth on
rocks along the banks. Bankfull flow level may also be seen by the presence of drift
material caught on overhanging vegetation. However, in years with large floods, this
material may be much higher than other bankfull indicators. In these cases, record the
lower value, flag it, and also record the height of drift material in the comments section of the
field data form.
We use the vertical distance (height) from the observed water surface up to the level
of the first valley terrace (Figure 7-8) as a measure of the degree of "incision" or downcutting
of the stream below the general level of its valley. This data is recorded in the space for
Incised Height. (Note: In analyzing these data, the mean thalweg depth is added to
incision heights to yield a flow-independent measure. The same thing is done for bankfull
heights). Streams incise when their rate of sediment transport exceeds the supply of new
sediment from upstream and from their banks. Conversely, aggradation occurs when
sediment supplies exceed the capacity of the stream to transport sediment. Human
activities can change the balance between sediment transport and supply in a number of
ways. The power of the stream to transport sediment may be increased by human activities
that increase flood flows (e.g., increases in watershed impervious area), or remove large
roughness elements like woody debris that dissipate stream power that might otherwise
transport sediment. The supply of sediment may be increased by upslope erosion, or
decreased when, for example, upstream impoundments trap bedload sediments. It may not
86
-------
be evident at the time of sampling whether the channel is downcutting, stable, or aggrading
(raising its bed by depositing sediment). However, by recording incision heights measured
in this way and monitoring them over time, we will be able to tell if streams are incising or
aggrading.
TABLE 7-1. PROCEDURE FOR MEASURING BANK CHARACTERISTICS
1. To measure bank angle, lay the surveyor's rod or your meter ruler down against the left
bank (determined as you face downstream), with one end at the water's edge. Lay the
clinometer on the rod, read the bank angle in degrees from the external scale on the
clinometer. Record the angle in the field for the left bank in the "Bank Measurement"
section of the Channel/Riparian Cross-section Form.
A vertical bank is 90 degrees; undercut banks have angles >90 degrees approaching
180 degrees, and more gradually sloped banks have angles <90 degrees. To
measure bank angles >90 degrees, turn the clinometer (which only reads 0 to 90
degrees) over and subtract the angle reading from 180 degrees.
2. If the bank is undercut, measure the horizontal distance of the undercutting to the nearest
0.01 m. Record the distance on the field data form. The undercut distance is the distance
from the water's edge out to the point where a vertical plumb line from the bank would hit
the water's surface.
Measure submerged undercuts by placing the rod horizontally into the undercut and
reading the length of the rod that is hidden by the undercutting.
3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 on the right bank.
4. Hold the surveyor's rod vertically, with its base planted at the water's edge. Using the
surveyor's rod as a guide while examining both banks, use the clinometer to measure the
channel incision as the height up from the water surface to elevation of the first terrace of
the valley floodplain (Note this is at or above the bankfull channel height). Record this
value in the "Incised Height" field of the bank measurement section on the field data form.
5. Still holding the surveyor's rod as a guide, examine both banks to estimate and record the
height of bankfull flow above the present water level. Look for evidence on one or both
banks such as:
An obvious slope break that differentiates the channel from a relatively flat floodplain
terrace higher than the channel.
A transition from exposed stream sediments to terrestrial vegetation.
Moss growth on rocks along the banks.
Presence of drift material caught on overhanging vegetation.
transition from flood- and scour-tolerant vegetation to that which is relatively intolerant
of these conditions.
6. Record the wetted width value determined when locating substrate sampling points in the
"Wetted Width" field in the bank measurement section of the field data form. Also
determine the bankfull channel width and the width of exposed mid-channel bars (if
present). Record these values in the "Bank Measurement" section of the field data form.
7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 at each cross-section transect. Record data for each transect on
a separate field data form.
87
-------
A. Channel not "Incised"
Downcutting over Geologic Time
Stream - No recent
incision. Bankfull
Level at Valley
Bottom
Second Terrace
Valley Fill
First Terrace on Valley
Bottom above bankfull level
B. Channel "Incised"
Downcutting over Geologic Time
Recent incision: Bankfull Level
below first terrace of Valley
Bottom
First Terrace on Valley Bottom
Above bankfull level
Second Terrace
Valley Fill
Figure 7-8. Schematic showing bankfull channel and incision for channels. (A) not recently
incised, and (B) recently incised into valley bottom. Note level of bankfull stage relative to
elevation of first terrace on valley bottom (Stick figure included for scale).
88
-------
If the channel is not greatly incised, bankfull channel height and incision height will
be the same. However, if the channel is incised greatly, the bankfull level will be below the
level of the first terrace of the valley floodplain, making bankfull channel height smaller than
incision height (Figure 7-9). Bankfull height is never greater than incision height. You
may need to look for evidence of recent flows (within about one year) to distinguish bankfull
and incision heights. In cases where the channel is cutting a valley sideslope and has
oversteepened and destabilized that slope, the bare "cutbank" against the steep hillside at
the edge of the valley is not necessarily an indication of recent incision. In such a case, the
opposite bank may be lower, with a more obvious terrace above bankfull height; choose that
bank for your measurement of incised height. Examine both banks to more accurately
determine incision height and bankfull height. Remember that incision height is measured
as the vertical distance to the first terrace above bankfull; if terrace heights differ on
left and right banks (both are above bankfull), choose the lower of the two terraces.
In many cases your sample reach may be in a "V" shaped valley or gorge formed over eons,
and the slope of the channel banks simply extends uphill indefinitely, not reaching a terrace
before reaching the top of a ridge (Figure 7-9). In such cases, record incision height values
equal to bankfull values and make appropriate comment that no terrace is evident.
Similarly, when the stream has extremely incised a very ancient terrace, (e.g., the Colorado
River in the Grand Canyon), you may crudely estimate the terrace height if it is the first one
above bankfull level. If you cannot estimate the terrace height, make appropriate comments
describing the situation.
7.5.4 Canopy Cover Measurements
Riparian canopy cover over a stream is important not only in its role in moderating
stream temperatures through shading, but also as an indicator of conditions that control
bank stability and the potential for inputs of coarse and fine particulate organic material.
Organic inputs from riparian vegetation become food for stream organisms and structure to
create and maintain complex channel habitat.
Canopy cover over the stream is determined at each of the 11 cross-section tran-
sects. A Convex Spherical Densiometer (model A) is used (Lemmon, 1957). The densi-
ometer must be taped exactly as shown in Figure 7-10 to limit the number of square grid
intersections to 17. Densiometer readings can range from 0 (no canopy cover) to 17
(maximum canopy cover). Six measurements are obtained at each cross-section transect
(four measurements in four directions at mid-channel and one at each bank). The mid-
channel measurements are used to estimate canopy cover over the channel. The two bank
measurements complement your visual estimates of vegetation structure and cover within
the riparian zone itself (Section 7.5.5), and are particularly important in wide streams, where
riparian canopy may not be detected by the densiometer when standing midstream.
The procedure for obtaining canopy cover data is presented in Table 7-8. Densi-
ometer measurements are taken at 0.3 m (1 ft) above the water surface, rather than at waist
level, to (1) avoid errors because people differ in height; (2) avoid errors from standing in
water of varying depths; and (3) include low overhanging vegetation more consistently in
the estimates of cover. Hold the densiometer level (using the bubble level) 0.3 m above the
water surface with your face reflected just below the apex of the taped "V", as shown in
Figure 7-10. Concentrate on the 17 points of grid intersection on the densiometer that lie
within the taped "V". If the reflection of a tree or high branch or leaf overlies any of the
89
-------
Hill Slope
r\ mr.
Incision Height
(aiwavs eqaa' to c gresre-
than oantfj' heigh:)
Second Terrace
First Terra
Bankfull
Height
• Wf-er-
cnomc. form
is not s good
"ici '"v^n* ijsf?
ovidena-1 :>r
rece**-'
fer^i'iu)
A) Deeply incised Channel
1 (K>J-
.-,ti-.|*?r:5 rr
No incision
*-« evidence or
dov/ic-j^-rg
vci.ra - ospk
angle etc 1
Bankfull Height
iwher- c-':a-»-»e- fa3. jck o'
per-rtancn- ^Icod-
inr filer arr vpgeniKm)
Incision Height5*
Bankfull Height
-Incc-
tweranl
2, ^'ogctaticn
B) Small steam constrained in V-shaped valley
Figure 7-9. Determining bankfull and incision heights for (A) deeply incised channels, and (B)
streams in deep V-shaped valleys. (Stick figure included for scale).
90
-------
bubble leveled
Figure 7-10. Schematic of modified convex spherical canopy densiometer (From Mulvey et al.,
1992). In this example, 10 of the 17 intersections show canopy cover, giving a densiometer reading of
10. Note proper positioning with the bubble leveled and face reflected at the apex of the "V."
91
-------
intersection points, that particular intersection is counted as having cover. For each of the
six measurement points, record the number of intersection points (maximum=17) that have
vegetation covering them in the "Canopy Cover Measurement" section of the Channel/
Riparian Cross-section Form as shown in (Figure 7-7).
TABLE 7-8. PROCEDURE FOR CANOPY COVER MEASUREMENTS
1. At each cross-section transect, stand in the stream at mid-channel and face upstream.
2. Hold the densiometer 0.3 m (1 ft) above the surface of the stream. Hold the densiometer level
using the bubble level. Move the densiometer in front of you so your face is just below the apex
of the taped "V".
3. Count the number of grid intersection points within the "V" that are covered by either a tree, a
leaf, or a high branch. Record the value (0 to 17) in the "CenUp" field of the canopy cover
measurement section of the Channel/Riparian Cross-section and Thalweg Profile Form.
4. Face toward the left bank (left as you face downstream). Repeat Steps 2 and 3, recording the
value in the "CenL" field of the field data form.
5. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 facing downstream, and again while facing the right bank (right as you
look downstream). Record the values in the "CenDwn" and "CenR" fields of the field data form.
6. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 again, this time facing the bank while standing first at the left bank, then
the right bank. Record the values in the "Lft" and "Rgt" fields of the field data form.
7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 at each cross-section transect. Record data for each transect on a
separate field data form.
7.5.5 Riparian Vegetation Structure
The previous section (7.5.4) described methods for quantifying the cover of canopy
over the stream channel. The following visual estimation procedures supplement those
measurements with a semi-quantitative evaluation of the type and amount of various types
of riparian vegetation. These data are used to evaluate the health and level of disturbance
of the stream corridor. They also provide an indication of the present and future potential for
various types of organic inputs and shading.
Riparian vegetation observations apply to the riparian area upstream 5 meters and
downstream 5 meters from each of the 11 cross-section transects (refer to Figure 7-1).
They include the visible area from the stream back a distance of 10m (-30 ft) shoreward
from both the left and right banks, creating a10m* 10 m riparian plot on each side of the
stream (Figure 7-11). The riparian plot dimensions are estimated, not measured. On
steeply sloping channel margins, the 10 m x 10 m plot boundaries are defined as if they
were projected down from an aerial view. If the wetted channel is split by a mid-channel
bar, the bank and riparian measurements are made at each side of the channel, not the bar.
92
-------
10 m
10 m
Flow
10 m
RIPARIAN
PLOT
(Left Bank)
I
Cross-sectibn Transect
5 m | 5 m
Instream Fish
Cover Plot
RIPARIAN
PLOT
(Right Bank)
10 m
Figure 7-11. Boundaries for visual estimation of riparian vegetation, fish cover, and human
influences.
93
-------
Table 7-9 presents the procedure for characterizing riparian vegetation structure and
composition. Figure 7-7 illustrates how measurement data are recorded in the "Visual
Riparian Estimates" section of the Channel/Riparian Cross-section Form. Conceptually
divide the riparian vegetation into three layers: a CANOPY LAYER (> 5 m high), an
UNDERSTORY (0.5 to 5 m high), and a GROUND COVER layer (< 0.5 m high). Note that
several vegetation types (e.g., grasses or woody shrubs) can potentially occur in more than
one layer. Similarly note that some things other than vegetation are possible entries for the
"Ground Cover" layer (e.g., barren ground).
TABLE 7-9. PROCEDURE FOR CHARACTERIZING RIPARIAN VEGETATION STRUCTURE
1. Standing in mid-channel at a cross-section transect, estimate a 5 m distance upstream and
downstream (10 m total length).
2. Facing the left bank (left as you face downstream), estimate a distance of 10 m from the wetted
margin back into the riparian vegetation.
On steeply-sloping channel margins, estimate the distance into the riparian zone as if it were
projected down from an aerial view.
3. Within this 10m*10m area, conceptually divide the riparian vegetation into three layers: a
CANOPY LAYER (>5m high), an UNDERSTORY (0.5 to 5 m high), and a GROUND COVER
layer (<0.5 m high).
4. Determine the dominant vegetation type for the CANOPY LAYER (vegetation > 5 m high) as
either Deciduous, Coniferous, broadleaf Evergreen, Mixed, or None. Consider the layer "Mixed"
if more than 10% of the areal coverage is made up of the alternate vegetation type. Indicate the
appropriate vegetation type in the "Visual Riparian Estimates" section of the Channel/Riparian
Cross-section Form.
5. Determine separately the areal cover class of large trees (> 0.3 m [1 ft] diameter at breast height
[DBH]) and small trees (< 0.3 m DBH) within the canopy layer. Estimate areal cover as the
amount of shadow that would be cast by a particular layer alone if the sun were directly
overhead. Record the appropriate cover class on the field data form ("0"=absent: zero cover,
"1'-sparse: <10%, "2"=moderate: 10-40%, "3"=heavy: 40-75%, or"4"=very heavy: >75%).
6. Look at the UNDERSTORY layer (vegetation between 0.5 and 5 m high). Determine the
dominant woody vegetation type for the understory layer as described in Step 4 for the canopy
layer. If there is no woody vegetation in the understory layer, record the type as "None".
7. Determine the areal cover class for woody shrubs and saplings separately from non-woody
vegetation within the understory, as described in Step 5 for the canopy layer.
8. Look at the GROUND COVER layer (vegetation < 0.5 m high). Determine the areal cover class
for woody shrubs and seedlings, non-woody vegetation, and the amount of bare ground present
as described in Step 5 for large canopy trees.
9. Repeat Steps 1 through 8 for the right bank.
10. Repeat Steps 1 through 9 for all cross-section transects, using a separate field data form for
each transect.
94
-------
Before estimating the areal coverage of the vegetation layers, record the type of
woody vegetation (Deciduous, Coniferous, broadleaf Evergreen, Mixed, or None) in each of
the two taller layers (Canopy and Understory). Consider the layer "Mixed" if more than 10%
of the areal coverage is made up of the alternate vegetation type. If there is no woody
vegetation in the understory layer, record the type as "None".
Estimate the areal cover separately in each of the three vegetation layers. Note that
the areal cover can be thought of as the amount of shadow cast by a particular layer alone
when the sun is directly overhead. The maximum cover in each layer is 100%, so the sum
of the areal covers for the combined three layers could add up to 300%. The five areal
cover classes are "absent", "sparse" (<10%), "moderate" (10 to 40%), "heavy" (40 to 75%),
and "very heavy" (>75%). These cover classes and their corresponding codes are shown
on the field data form (Figure 7-7). When rating vegetation cover types, mixtures of two or
more subdominant classes might all be given sparse ("1") moderate ("2") or heavy ("3")
ratings. One very heavy cover class with no clear subdominant class might be rated "4" with
all the remaining classes rated as either moderate ("2"), sparse ("1") or absent ("0"). Two
heavy classes with 40-75% cover can both be rated "3".
7.5.6 Instream Fish Cover, Algae, and Aquatic Macrophytes
This portion of the physical habitat protocol is a visual estimation procedure that
semi-quantitatively evaluates the type and amount of important types of cover for fish and
macroinvertebrates. Alone and in combination with other metrics, this information is used to
assess habitat complexity, fish cover, and channel disturbance.
The procedure to estimate the types and amounts of instream fish cover is outlined
in Table 7-10. Data are recorded in the "Fish Cover/Other" section of the Channel /Riparian
Cross-section Form as shown in Figure 7-7. Estimate the areal cover of all of the fish cover
and other listed features that are in the water and on the banks 5 m upstream and
downstream of the cross-section (see Figure 7-11). The areal cover classes offish
concealment and other features are the same as those described for riparian vegetation
(Section 7.5.5).
The entry "Filamentous algae" refers to long streaming algae that often occur in slow
moving waters. "Aquatic macrophytes" are water-loving plants, including mosses, in the
stream that could provide cover for fish or macroinvertebrates. If the stream channel
contains live wetland grasses, include these as macrophytes. "Woody debris" are the larger
pieces of wood that can influence cover and stream morphology (i.e., those pieces that
would be included in the large woody debris tally [Section 7.4]). "Brush/woody debris" refers
to smaller wood pieces that primarily affect cover but not morphology. "Live Trees or Roots"
are living trees that are within the channel - estimate the areal cover provided by the parts
of these trees or roots that are inundated. For ephemeral channels, estimate the
proportional cover of these trees that is inundated during bankfull flows. "Overhanging
vegetation" includes tree branches, brush, twigs, or other small debris that is not in the water
but is close to the stream (within 1 m of the surface) and provides potential cover. "Boulders"
are typically basketball- to car-sized particles. "Artificial structures" include those designed
for fish habitat enhancement, as well as in-channel structures discarded (e.g., concrete,
asphalt, cars, or tires) or purposefully placed for diversion, impoundment, channel
stabilization, or other purposes.
95
-------
TABLE 7-10. PROCEDURE FOR ESTIMATING INSTREAM FISH COVER
1. Standing mid-channel at a cross-section transect, estimate a 5m distance upstream and
downstream (10 m total length).
2. Examine the water and the banks within the 10-m segment of stream for the following features
and types offish cover: filamentous algae, aquatic macrophytes, large woody debris, brush and
small woody debris, in-channel live trees or roots, overhanging vegetation, undercut banks,
boulders, and artificial structures.
3. For each cover type, estimate the areal cover. Record the appropriate cover class in the "Fish
Cover/Other" section of the Channel/Riparian Cross-section Form:
"0"=absent: zero cover,
"1'-sparse: <10%,
"2"=moderate: 10-40%,
"3"=heavy: 40-75%, or
"4"=very heavy: >75%).
4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 at each cross-section transect, recording data from each transect on a
separate field data form.
7.5.7 Human Influence
The field evaluation of the presence and proximity of various important types of
human land use activities in the stream riparian area is used in combination with mapped
watershed land use information to assess the potential degree of disturbance of the sample
stream reaches.
For the left and right banks at each of the 11 detailed Channel and Riparian Cross-
Sections, evaluate the presence/absence and the proximity of 11 categories of human
influences with the procedure outlined in Table 7-11. Relate your observations and
proximity evaluations to the stream and riparian area within 5 m upstream and 5 m
downstream from the station (Figure 7-11). Four proximity classes are used: In the stream
or on the bank within 5 m upstream or downstream of the cross-section transect, present
within the 10 m x 10 m riparian plot but not in the stream or on the bank, present outside of
the riparian plot, and absent. Record data on the Channel/Riparian Cross-section Form as
shown in Figure 7-7. If a disturbance is within more than one proximity class, record the one
that is closest to the stream (e.g., "C" takes precedence over "P").
A particular influence may be observed outside of more than one riparian
observation plot (e.g., at both transects "D" and "E"). Record it as present at every transect
where you can see it without having to sight through another transect or its 10 m x 10 m
riparian plot.
96
-------
^^^^^^^|LE7^11i=PROC|DyR|=FORJSTjMAT|NGHyMAN=|NFLy|NC^^^^^^=
1. Standing mid-channel at a cross-section transect, look toward the left bank (left when facing
downstream), and estimate a 5 m distance upstream and downstream (10 m total length). Also,
estimate a distance of 10 m back into the riparian zone to define a riparian plot area.
2. Examine the channel, bank and riparian plot area adjacent to the defined stream segment for the
following human influences: (1) walls, dikes, revetments, riprap, and dams; (2) buildings; (3)
pavement/cleared lot (e.g.,paved, gravelled, dirt parking lot, foundation); (4) roads or railroads,
(5) inlet or outlet pipes; (6) landfills or trash (e.g., cans, bottles, trash heaps); (7) parks or
maintained lawns; (8) row crops; (9) pastures, rangeland, hay fields, or evidence of livestock;
(10) logging; and (11) mining (including gravel mining).
3. For each type of influence, determine if it is present and what its proximity is to the stream and
riparian plot area. Consider human disturbance items as present if you can see them from the
cross-section transect. Do not include them if you have to sight through another transect or its
10mx10m riparian plot.
4. For each type of influence, record the appropriate proximity class in the "Human Influence" part
of the "Visual Riparian Estimates" section of the Channel/Riparian Cross-section Form.
Proximity classes are:
B ("Bank") Present within the defined 10 m stream segment and located in the
stream or on the stream bank.
C ("Close") Present within the 10 * 10 m riparian plot area, but away from the bank.
P ("Present") Present, but outside the riparian plot area.
O ("Absent") Not present within or adjacent to thel 0 m stream segment or the riparian
plot area at the transect
5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for the right bank.
6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 for each cross-section transect, recording data for each transect on a
separate field form.
7.5.8 Riparian "Legacy" Trees
The Riparian "Legacy" Tree protocol contributes to the assessment of "old growth"
characteristics of riparian vegetation, and aids the determination of possible historic
conditions and the potential for riparian tree growth. Follow the procedures presented in
Table 7-12 to locate the largest tree associated with each transect. The tree you choose
may not truly be an old "legacy" tree-just choose the largest you see. These data are used
to determine if there are true "legacy" trees somewhere within the sampling reach. Note that
only one tree is identified for each transect between that transect and the next one
upstream; at transect K, look upstream a distance of 4 channel widths. Record the type of
tree, and, if possible, the taxonomic group (using the list provided in Table 7-12). Record
this information, along with the estimated height, diameter at breast height (dbh), and
distance from the wetted margin of the stream on the left hand column of the field form for
Riparian "Legacy" Trees and Invasive Alien Plants (Figure 7-12).
97
-------
TABLE 7-12. PROCEDURE FOR IDENTIFYING RIPARIAN LEGACY TREES
Legacy Trees:
1. Beginning at Transect A, look upstream. Search both sides of the stream upstream to the next
transect. At Transect "K", look upstream for a distance of 4 channel widths. Locate the largest
tree visible within 50m (or as far as you can see, if less) from the wetted bank (note the tree you
identify may be outside the current riparian zone).
2. Classify this tree as deciduous, coniferous, or broadleaf evergreen (classify western larch as
coniferous). Identify, if possible, the species or the taxonomic group of this tree from the list
below. If not listed on data sheet, write in name of tree.
1.
Acacia/Mesquite
2.
Alder/Birch
3.
Ash
4.
Cedar/Cypress
5.
Fir (including Douglas Fir, Hemlock)
6.
Juniper
7.
Maple/Boxelder
8.
Oak
9.
Pine
10.
Poplar/Cottonwood
11. Snag (Dead Tree of Any Species)
12. Spruce
13. Sycamore
14. Willow
15. Dogwood
16. Beech
17. Magnolia
18. Unknown or Other Broadleaf Evergreen
19. Unknown or Other Conifer
20. Unknown or Other Deciduous
NOTE: If the largest tree is a dead "snag", enter "Snag" as the taxonomic group.
3. Estimate the height of the potential legacy tree, its diameter at breast height (dbh ) and its
distance from the wetted margin of the stream. Enter this information on the left hand column of
the Riparian "Legacy" Trees and Invasive Alien Plants field form.
4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 for each remaining transect (B through K). At transect "K", look
upstream a distance of 4 channel widths) when locating the legacy tree.
98
-------
CD
CD
(O
C
cB
¦vj
"O
3
(O
O
<
¦o
(O
RIPARIAN "LEGACY" TREES AND INVASIVE ALIEN PLANTS
Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID:
DATE: 0 7 I Q / I 2 0 0 2
Tran
B
LARGEST POTENTIAL LEGACY TREE VISIBLE FROM THIS STATION
Trees
not
Visible
~
~
~
DBH
(m)
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
E9 -1--3 ~ >2
~ .3-75
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-.3 ~ >2
® .3-.75
~ 0-0.1 B .75-2
~ .1-.3 ~ >2
~ .3-75
Height
(m)
ED <5
~ 5-15
~15-30
~ >30
~ <5
H 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ <5
~ 5-15
S3 15-30
~ >30
Dist. from
wetted
margin
(m)
It2_
JJL
£
Type
05 Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
8 Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
13 Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
Taxonomic Category
?ef>LAfr/CQ7TB*/u/e>et>
7b?L ut/Cotton vqq t
INSTRUCTIONS
Potential Legacy trees are defined as the largest tree
within your search area, which is as far as you can see, but
within maximum limits as follows:
Wadeabie Streams: Confine search to no more than
50 m from left and right bank and extending upstream to
next transect (for 'K' look upstream 4 channel widths)
Non-wadeable Rivers: Confine search to no more than
100 m from left and right bank and extending both
upstream and downstream as far as you can see
confidently.
Alien Plants: Confine search to riparian plots on left and
right bank
Wadeabie Streams: 10 m x 10 m
Non-wadeable Rivers: 10 m x 20 m
Not all aliens are to be identified in all states. See Field
Manual and Plant Identification Guide.
TAXONOMIC CATEGORIES
Acacia/Mesquite
Alder/Birch
Ash
Mapie/Boxelder
Oak
Poplar/Cottonwood
Sycamore
Willow
Unknown or Other Deciduous
Cedar/Cypress/Sequoia
Fir (including Douglas fir and hemlock)
Juniper
Pine
Spruce
Unknown or Other Conifer
Unknown or Other Broadleaf Evergreen
Snag (Dead tree of any species)
Transects D to K continued on other side
ALIEN PLANT SPECIES PRESENT IN LEFT
AND RIGHT RIPARIAN PLOTS
Check all that are present
NONE
~
NONE
~ RC Grass
~ Engl Ivy
~ Ch Grass
~ Salt Ced
~ CanThis
~ M This
~ Hblack
~ Teasel
~ Spurge
~ G Reed
~ C Burd
~ Rus Ol
~ RC Grass
~ Engl Ivy
~ Ch Grass
~ Salt Ced
~ CanThis
~ M This
~ Hblack
~ Teasel
~ Spurge
~ G Reed
~ C Burd
~ Rus Ol
~ RC Grass
~ Engl Ivy
Ch Grass
~ Salt Ced
53 CanThis
~ M This
~ Hblack
~ Teasel
S3 Spurge
~ G Reed
~ C Burd
~ Rus Ol
ALIEN SPECIES
RC Grass
Engl Ivy
ChGrass
Salt Ced
Can This
M This
Hblack
Teasel
Spurge
G Reed
C Burd
Rus Ol
Reed canarygrass
English ivy
Cheat grass
Salt Cedar
Canada thistle
Musk thistle
Himalayan blackberry
Teasel
Leafy spurge
Giant reed
Commgn burdgck
Russian-olive
Phalaris arundinacea
Hedera helix
Bromus tectorum
Tamarix spp.
Cirsium arvense
Carduus nutans
Rubus discolor
Dipsacus fullonum
Euphorbia esula
Arundo donax
Arctim minus
COMMENTS
ft
Elaeagnus angustifolia
03/26/2001 2001 Riparian Legacy Trees
-------
7.6 CHANNEL CONSTRAINT, DEBRIS TORRENTS, AND RECENT FLOODS
7.6.1 Channel Constraint
Whether natural or the result of human activities, the presence of immovable or
difficult-to-move river margins constrains the degree to which the stream can form its own
channel and banks through scour and deposition. The degree of channel constraint can
strongly influence the quantity and quality of habitat for aquatic organisms. Constraint also
influences the type and degree of stream channel adjustment to anthropogenic alterations in
flow and sediment supply, or to direct channel manipulations (e.g., dredging, revetment,
impoundment). To assess overall reach channel constraint, the Aquatic Inventories of the
Oregon Department of Fish & Wildlife (Moore et al. 1993) methods have been modified.
After completing the thalweg profile and littoral-riparian measurements and observations,
envision the stream at bankfull flow and evaluate the degree, extent and type of channel
constraint, using the procedures presented in Table 7-13. Record data on the Channel
Constraint Assessment Form (Figure 7-13). First, classify the stream reach channel pattern
as predominantly a single channel, an anastomosing channel, or a braided channel.
5. Anastomosing channels have relatively long major and minor channels
branching and rejoining in a complex network.
6. Braided channels also have multiple branching and rejoining channels, but
these sub-channels are generally smaller, shorter, and more numerous, often with
no obvious dominant channel.
After classifying channel pattern, determine whether the channel is constrained
within a narrow valley, constrained by local features within a broad valley, unconstrained
and free to move about within a broad floodplain, or free to move about, but within a
relatively narrow valley floor. Then examine the channel to ascertain the bank and valley
features that constrain the stream. Entry choices for the type of constraining features are
bedrock, hillslopes, terraces/alluvial fans , and human land use (e.g., road, dike, landfill, rip-
rap, etc.). Estimate the percent of the channel margin in contact with constraining features
(for unconstrained channels, this is 0%). To aid in this estimate, you may wish to refer to
the individual transect assessments of incision and constraint. Finally, estimate the "typical"
bankfull channel width and visually estimate the average width of the valley floor. If you
cannot directly estimate the valley width (e.g., it is further than you can see, or if your view is
blocked by vegetation), record the distance you can see and mark the appropriate box on
the field form.
7.6.2 Debris Torrents and Recent Major Floods
Major floods are those that substantially overtop the banks of streams and occur with
an average frequency of less than once every 5 years. Major floods may scour away or
damage riparian vegetation on banks and gravel bars that are not frequently inundated.
They typically cause movement of large woody debris, transport of bedload sediment, and
changes in the streambed and banks through scouring and deposition. While they may kill
aquatic organisms and temporarily suppress their populations, floods are an important
natural resetting mechanism that maintains habitat volume, clean substrates, and riparian
productivity.
100
-------
TABLE 7-13. PROCEDURES FOR ASSESSING CHANNEL CONSTRAINT
NOTE: These activities are conducted after completing the thalweg profile and littoral-riparian
measurements and observations, and represent an evaluation of the entire stream reach.
Channel Constraint: Determine the degree, extent, and type of channel constraint is based on
envisioning the stream at bankfull flow.
Classify the stream reach channel pattern as predominantly a single channel, an anasto-
mosing channel, or a braided channel.
Anastomosing channels have relatively long major and minor channels
branching and rejoining in a complex network.
Braided channels also have multiple branching and rejoining channels, but
these sub-channels are generally smaller, shorter, and more numerous, often with no
obvious dominant channel.
After classifying channel pattern, determine whether the channel is constrained within a
narrow valley, constrained by local features within a broad valley, unconstrained and free to
move about within a broad floodplain, or free to move about, but within a relatively narrow
valley floor.
Then examine the channel to ascertain the bank and valley features that constrain the stream.
Entry choices for the type of constraining features are bedrock, hillslopes, terraces/alluvial
fans, and human land use (e.g., road, dike, landfill, rip-rap, etc.).
Based on your determinations from Steps 1 through 3, select and record one of the constraint
classes shown on the Channel Constraint Form.
Estimate the percent of the channel margin in contact with constraining features (for
unconstrained channels, this is 0%). Record this value on the Channel Constraint Form.
Finally, estimate the "typical" bankfull channel width, and visually estimate the average width
of the valley floor. Record these values on the Channel Constraint Form.
NOTE: To aid in this estimate, you may wish to refer to the individual transect
assessments of incision and constraint that were recorded on the Channel/Riparian
Cross-Section Forms.
NOTE: If the valley is wider than you can directly estimate, record the distance you
can see and mark the box on the field form.
101
-------
¦ CHANNEL CONSTRAINT AND FIELD CHEMISTRY - STREAMS/RIVERS ¦
Reviewed by (initial)
SITE ID: WXyPff-tTf? PATE:./0. 7./.Q / ./.2 ° .0.1 .
IN SITU MEASUREMENTS
Station ID: (Assume X-sile unless marked)
Comments
STREAM/RIVER DO mg/l:
(optional) , 13 J ,
STREAM RIVER TEMP. fC): ^ q , f
T1ME OF DAY:
, /, 1 ,\A,S,
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT
CHANNEL PATTERN (Check One!
£3 One channel
~ Anastomosing (complex) channel - (Relatively long major and minor channels branching and rejoining.)
~ Braided channel - (Multiple short channels branching and rejoining - mainly one channel broken up by
numerous mid-channel bars.)
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT (Check One)
O Channel very constrained in V-shaped valley (i.e. it is very unlikely to spread out over valley or erode a
new channel during flood)
~ Channel is in Broad Valley but channel movement by erosion during floods is constrained by Incision (Flood
flows do not commonly spread over valley floor or into multiple channels.)
~ Channel is in Narrow Valley but is not very constrained, but limited in movement by relatively narrow
valley floor (« ~10x bankiull width)
PS Channel is Unconstrained In Broad Valley (i.e. during flood it can fill off-channel areas and side channels,
spread out over flood plain, or easily cut new channels by erosion)
CONSTRAINING FEATURES (Check One)
~ Bedrock (i.e. channel is a bedrock-dominated gorge)
~ Hills lope (i.e. channel constrained in narrow V-shaped valley)
~ Terrace (i.e. channel is constrained by its own incision into river/stream gravel/soil deposits)
~ Human Bank Alterations (i.e. constrained by rip-rap, landfill, dike, road, etc.)
$3 No constraining features
Percent of channel length with margin « % >
In contact with constraining feature: 1 1 L-^J
® (0-100%)
Bankfull width: £ ^
Valley width (Visual Estimated Average): t Jh Q tO ,Q , ^
Note: Bs sure to inciude distances between both sides of valley bo'der for valley width.
if you cannot see the valley borders, record ttie
distance you can see and mark this box. Sjal
Comments ] ujioth > %Q00 fifths*
Percent of Channel Margin Examples
03/26/2001 2001 Chan CwVFkfChem
Figure 7-13. Channel Constraint and Field Chemistry Form, showing data for channel
constraint.
102
-------
Debris torrents, or lahars, differ from "conventional" floods in that they are flood
waves of higher magnitude and shorter duration, and their flow is comprised of a dense
mixture of water and debris. Their high flows of dense material exert tremendous scouring
forces on streambeds. For example, in the Pacific Northwest, debris torrent flood waves
can exceed 5 meters deep in small streams normally 3 meters wide and 15 cm deep. These
torrents move boulders in excess of 1m diameter and logs >1m diameter and >10m long.
In temperate regions, debris torrents occur primarily in steep drainages and are relatively
infrequent, occurring typically less than once in several centuries. They are usually set into
motion by the sudden release of large volumes of water upon the breaching of a natural or
human-constructed impoundment, a process often initiated by mass hillslope failures
(landslides) during high intensity rainfall or snowmelt. Debris torrents course downstream
until the slope of the stream channel can no longer keep their viscous sediment suspension
in motion (typically <3% for small streams); at this point, they "set up", depositing large
amounts of sediment, boulders, logs, and whatever else they were transporting. Upstream,
the "torrent track" is severely scoured, often reduced in channel complexity and devoid of
near-bank riparian vegetation. As with floods, the massive disruption of the stream channel
and its biota are transient, and these intense, infrequent events will often lead to high-quality
complex habitat within years or decades, as long as natural delivery of large wood and
sediment from riparian and upland areas remains intact.
In arid areas with high runoff potential, debris torrents can occur in conjunction with
flash flooding from extremely high intensity rainfall. They may be nearly annual events in
some steep ephemeral channels where drainage area is sufficient to guarantee isolated
thunderstorms somewhere within their boundaries, but small enough that the effect of such
storms is not dampened out by the portion of the watershed not receiving rainfall during a
given storm.
Because they may alter habitat and biota substantially, infrequent major floods and
torrents can confuse the interpretation of measurements of stream biota and habitat in
regional surveys and monitoring programs. Therefore, it is important to determine if a debris
torrent or major flood has occurred within the recent past. After completing the Thalweg
Profile and Channel/Riparian measurements and observations, examine the stream
channel along the entire sample reach, including its substrate, banks, and riparian corridor,
checking the presence of features described on the Torrent Evidence Assessment Form
(Figure 7-14). It may be advantageous to look at the channel upstream and downstream of
the actual sample reach to look for areas of torrent scour and massive deposition to answer
some of the questions on the field form. For example, you may more clearly recognize the
sample reach as a torrent deposition area if you find extensive channel scouring upstream.
Conversely, you may more clearly recognize the sample reach as a torrent scour reach if
you see massive deposits of sediment, logs, and other debris downstream.
103
-------
TORRENT EVIDENCE ASSESSMENT FORM - STREAMS
.
SITEID: 1
DATE:
Please X any of the following that are evident.
EVIDENCE OF TORRENT SCOURING:
~
~
01 - Stream channel has a recently devogotated corridor two or more times the width of the low flow channel. This
corridor lacks riparian vegetation with possible exception of ftreweed, even-aged alder or cottonwood seedlings,
grasses, or other herbaceous plants.
02 - Stream substrate cobbles or large gravel particles are NOT IMBRICATED. (Imbricated means that they lie with flat
sides horizontal and that they are stacked like roof shingles - Imagine the upstream direction as the top of the "root"! In
a torrent scour or deposition channel, the stones are laying in unorganised patterns, lying "every which way," In addition
many of the substrate particles are angular (not "water-worn,"!
03 - Channel has tittle evidence of pool-riffle structure. (For example, could you ride a mountain bike down the channel?)
04 - The stream channel is scoured down to bedrock for substantial portion of reach.
05 - There are gravel or cobble berms (little levees) above bankfull
06 - Downstream of the scoured reach (possibly several miles), there
debris.
of sediment, logs, and other
07 - Riparian trees have fre*h bark scars at many points along the stream at seemingly unbelievable heights above the
channel bed.
08 - Riparian trees have fallen Into the channel as a result of scouring near their roots.
EVIDENCE OF TORRENT DEPOSITS:
_
09 - There are massive deposits of sediment, logs, and other debris In the reach. They may contain wood and boulders
that, in your judgement, could not have been moved by the stream at even extreme flood stage.
~
10 - If the stream has begun to erode newly laid deposits, It Is evident that these deposits are "MATRIX SUPPORTED."
This means that the large particles, like boulders and cobbles, are often not touching each other, but have silt, sand, and
other fine particles between them (their weight is supported by these fine particles - in contrast to a normal stream
deposit, where fines, if present, normally "fill-in" the interstices between coarser particles.)
NO EVIDENCE:
11 - No evidence of torrent scouring or torrent deposits.
5118
Gm
ommom 2001 Torrrent Evidence
Figure 7-14. Torrent Evidence Assessment Form.
104
-------
7.7 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Figure 7-15 lists the equipment and supplies required to conduct all the activities
described for characterizing physical habitat. This checklist is similar to the checklist
presented in Appendix A, which is used at the base location (Section 3) to ensure that all of
the required equipment is brought to the stream. Use this checklist to ensure that
equipment and supplies are organized and available at the stream site in order to conduct
the activities efficiently.
105
-------
EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR PHYSICAL HABITAT
QTY.
Item
1
Surveyor's telescoping leveling rod (round profile, metric scale, 7.5m extended)
1
50-m fiberglass measuring tape & reel
1
Hip chain ('metric') for measurina reach lenaths (Optional)
1
Clinometer (or Abney level) with percent and degree scales.
1
Lightweight telescoping camera tripod (necessary only if slope measurements are
being determined by one person)
2
1/2-inch diameter PVC pipe, 2-3 m long: Two of these, each marked at the same
heiaht (for use in slope determinations involvina two persons) (Optional)
1
Meter stick. Alternatively, a short (1-2 m) rod or pole (e.g., a ski pole) with cm
markings for thalweg measurements, or the PVC pipe described for slope
determinations can be marked in cm and used.
1 roll ea.
Colored surveyor's plastic flagging (2 colors)
1
Convex spherical canopy densiometer (Lemmon Mod. A), modified with taped "V"
1
Bearing compass (Backpacking type)
1 or 2
Fisherman's vest with lots of pockets and snap fittings. Used at least by person
conducting the in-channel measurements to hold the various measurement
equipment (densiometer, clinometer, compass, etc.). Useful for both team
members involved with physical habitat characterization.
2 pair
Chest waders with felt-soled boots for safety and speed if waders are the neoprene
"stocking" type. Hip waders can be used in shallower streams.
Covered clipboards (lightweight, with strap or lanyard to hang around neck)
Soft (#2) lead pencils (mechanical are acceptable)
11 plus
extras
Channel/Riparian Cross-section & Thalweg Profile and Woody Forms
1 plus
extras
Slope and Bearing Form; Riparian Legacy Tree and Invasive Alien Plant Form;
Channel Constraint Assessment Form; Torrent Evidence Form.
1 copy
Field operations and methods manual
1 set
Procedure tables and/or quick reference guides for physical habitat
characterization (laminated or printed on write-in-the-rain paper)
Figure 7-15. Checklist of equipment and supplies for physical habitat.
106
-------
NOTES
107
-------
-------
8.0 BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES
Benthic invertebrates inhabit the sediment or live on the bottom substrates of
streams. The benthic macroinvertebrate assemblage in streams is an important component
of measuring the overall biological condition of the aquatic community. Monitoring this
assemblage is useful in assessing the status of the water body and detecting trends in
ecological condition. Populations in the benthic assemblage respond to a wide array of
stressors in different ways so that it is often possible to determine the type of stress that has
affected a macroinvertebrate assemblage (e.g., Klemm et al., 1990). Because many
macroinvertebrates have relatively long life cycles of a year or more and are relatively
immobile, the structure and function of the macroinvertebrate assemblage is a response to
exposure of present or past conditions.
The benthic macroinvertebrate protocol of WSA is intended to evaluate the biological
condition of wadeable streams in the United States for the purpose of detecting stresses on
structure and assessing the relative severity of these stresses. It is based on the updated
Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (RBPs) published by the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (Barbour et al., 1999) and adopted for use by many states. The main difference
between the benthic macroinvertebrate collection methods from the original RBPs (1989)
and the 2nd Edition (1999), is the use of a D-frame net (Figure 8-1). The D-frame net used
by WSA still requires only one person. This technique is versatile for varying habitat type
and is the preferred macroinvertebrate collecting method for streams with flowing water.
1.5 m long, 2-piece detachable handle
Muslin Bottom Panel
Detachable E
or Sewed En
Mesh= 500 |jm
Figure 8-1. Modified D-frame kick net. (Not drawn to scale.)
108
-------
8.1 SAMPLE COLLECTION
The transect sample design for collecting benthic macroinvertebrates is shown in
Figure 8-2. This design was used in the EMAP-WP stream study in the western U.S. (refer
to Section 1 for project descriptions), which provides continuity for a nationwide assessment.
A sample is collected from 1-m downstream of each of the eleven cross-section transects
(Transects "A" through "K") at an assigned sampling point (Left, Center, or Right). These
points may have been assigned when the sampling reach was laid out (Figure 8-2; refer
also to Section 4; Table 4-3). If not, the sampling point at Transect "A" is assigned at
random using a die or other suitable means (e.g., digital watch). Once the first sampling
point is determined, points at successive transects are assigned in order (Left, Center,
Right). At transects assigned a "Center" sampling point where the stream width is between
one and two net widths wide, pick either the "Left" or "Right" sampling point instead. If the
stream is only one net wide at a transect, place the net across the entire stream width and
consider the sampling point to be "Center". If a sampling point is located in water that is too
deep or otherwise unsafe to wade, select an alternate sampling point on the transect at
random.
The procedure for collecting a sample at each transect is described in Table 8-1. At
each sampling point, determine if the habitat is a "riffle/run" or a "pool/glide". Any area
where there is not sufficient current to extend the net is operationally defined as a pool/glide
habitat. Record the dominant substrate type (fine/sand, gravel, coarse substrate (coarse
gravel or larger) or other (e.g., bedrock, hardpan, wood, aquatic vegetation, etc.) and the
habitat type (pool, glide, riffle, or rapid) for each sample collected on the Sample Collection
Form as shown in Figure 8-3. As you proceed upstream from transect to transect, combine
all samples into a bucket or similar container.
If it is impossible to sample at the sampling point with the modified kick net following
either procedure, spend about 30 seconds hand picking a sample from about 0.09 m2 (1 ft2)
of substrate at the sampling point. For vegetation-choked sampling points, sweep the net
through the vegetation for 30 seconds. Place the contents of this hand-picked sample into
the sampling container.
8.2 SAMPLE PROCESSING
Use a sieve bucket while sampling to carry the composite sample as you walk
upstream. Alternatively, place each sample in a five-gallon bucket and use a soil sieve (500
l_im) to cull-down the sample before it is packed and preserved in a Nalgene container(s)
upon completion (Table 8-2). Record tracking information for each composite sample on the
Sample Collection Form as shown in Figure 8-3. Do not fill out the collection form until
you have collected (or confirmed at the site that you will collect) samples. If forms are
filled out before you arrive at the site, and then no samples are collected, a lot of time is
wasted by others later trying to find samples that do not exist.
109
-------
Stream Flow
TRANSECT SAMPLES (1 per transect)
Sampling point of esch transect (1/4,1/2, 3/4) selected systematically after random start
Modified kick net (500 |jm mesh)
1 ft2 quadrat sampled for 30 sec
1
Combine all kick net samples collected from
j riffles and runs and from pools
COMPOSITE REACHWIDE ^
SAMPLE
w 1
SIEVING
500 |jm mesh
Remove as much debris and fine
sediment as possible
I
COMPOSITE INDEX SAMPLE
500-mL or 1-L aliquots
Fill no more than 50% full with sample
Preseive with 95% ethanol to final
concentration of 70%
Figure 8-2. Transect sampling design for the benthic macroinvertebrate sample.
110
-------
TABLE 8-1. PROCEDURE TO COLLECT BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATE SAMPLES
1. At 1 m downstream of each cross-section transect, beginning with Transect "A", locate the
assigned sampling point (Left, Center, or Right as you face downstream) as 25%, 50%, and 75%
of the wetted width, respectively. If you cannot collect a sample at the designated point because
of deep water or unsafe conditions, relocate to another random point on the same transect.
2. Attach the 4-ft handle to the kick net. Make sure that the handle is on tight or the net may
become twisted in a strong current, causing the loss of part of the sample.
3. Determine if there is sufficient current in the area at the sampling point to fully extend the net. If
so, classify the habitat as "riffle/run" and proceed to Step 4. If not, use the sampling procedure
described for "pool/glide" habitats (Step 9).
NOTE: If the net cannot be used, spend 30 seconds hand picking a sample from about
0.09 m2 (1 ft2) of substrate at the sampling point. For vegetation-choked sampling points,
sweep the net through the vegetation within a 0.09 m2 (1 ft2) quadrat for 30 seconds.
Place the contents of this hand-picked sample directly into the sampling container. Assign
a "U" flag (non-standard sample) to the sample and indicate which transect(s) required the
modified collection procedure in the comments section. Go to Step 15.
Riffle/Run Habitats:
4. With the net opening facing upstream, position the net quickly and securely on the stream
bottom to eliminate gaps under the frame. Avoid large rocks that prevent the sampler from
seating properly on the stream bottom.
NOTE: If there is too little water to collect the sample with the D-net, randomly pick up 10
rocks from the riffle and pick and wash the organisms off them into a bucket which is half-
full of water.
5. Holding the net in position on the substrate, visually define a rectangular quadrat that is one net
width wide and one net width long upstream of the net opening. The area within this quadrat is
-0.09 m2 (1 ft2). Alternatively, place a wire frame of the correct dimensions in front of the net to
help delineate the quadrat to be sampled.
6. Check the quadrat for heavy organisms, such as mussels and snails. Remove these organisms
from the substrate by hand and place them into the net. Pick up any loose rocks or other larger
substrate particles in the quadrat. Use your hands or a small scrub brush to dislodge organisms
so that they are washed into the net. Scrub all rocks that are golf ball-sized or larger and which
are over halfway into the quadrat. Large rocks that are less than halfway into the sampling area
are pushed aside. After scrubbing, place the substrate particles outside of the quadrat.
7. Keep holding the D-net securely in position. Start at the upstream end of the quadrat, vigorously
kick the remaining finer substrate within the quadrat for 30 seconds (use a stopwatch).
NOTE: For samples located within dense beds of long, filamentous aquatic vegetation (e.g.,
algae or moss), kicking within the quadrat may not be sufficient to dislodge organisms in the
vegetation. Usually these types of vegetation are lying flat against the substrate due to current.
Use a knife or scissors to remove only the vegetation that lies within the quadrat (i.e., not
entire strands that are rooted within the quadrat) and place it into the net.
(continued)
111
-------
TABLE 8-1. (Continued)
8. Pull the net up out of the water. Immerse the net in the stream several times to remove fine
sediments and to concentrate organisms at the end of the net. Avoid having any water or
material enter the mouth of the net during this operation.
9. Go to Step 14.
Pool/Glide habitats:
10. Visually define a rectangular quadrat that is one net width wide and one net width long at the
sampling point. The area within this quadrat is -0.09 m2 (1 ft2). Alternatively, lay a wire frame of
the correct dimensions in front of the net at the sampling point to help delineate the quadrat.
11. Inspect the stream bottom within the quadrat for any heavy organisms, such as mussels and
snails. Remove these organisms by hand and place them into the net or bucket. Pick up any
loose rocks or other larger substrate particles within the quadrat and hold them in front of the
net. Use your hands (or a scrub brush) to rub any clinging organisms off of rocks or other pieces
of larger substrate (especially those covered with algae or other debris) into the net. After
scrubbing, place the larger substrate particles outside of the quadrat.
12. Vigorously kick the remaining finer substrate within the quadrat with your feet while dragging the
net repeatedly through the disturbed area just above the bottom. Keep moving the net all the
time so that the organisms trapped in the net will not escape. Continue kicking the substrate
and moving the net for 30 seconds. NOTE: If there is too little water to use the kick net, stir up
the substrate with your gloved hands and use a sieve with 500 jjm mesh size to collect the
organisms from the water in the same way the net is used in larger pools.
13. After 30 seconds, remove the net from the water with a quick upstream motion to wash the
organisms to the bottom of the net.
All samples:
14. Invert the net into a plastic bucket and transfer the sample. Inspect the net for any residual
organisms clinging to the net and deposit them into the bucket. Use forceps if necessary to
remove organisms from the net. Carefully inspect any large objects (such as rocks, sticks, and
leaves) in the bucket and wash any organisms found off of the objects and into the bucket before
discarding the object. Remove as much detritus as possible without losing any organisms.
15. Determine the predominant substrate size/type you observed within the sampling quadrat.
Place an "X" in the appropriate substrate type box for the transect on the Sample Collection
Form. NOTE: If there are co-dominant substrate types, you may check more than one box; note
the co-dominants in the comments section of the form.
Fine/sand: not gritty (silt/clay/muck < 0.06 mm diam.) to gritty, up to ladybug sized (2 mm diam.)
Gravel: fine to coarse gravel (ladybug to tennis ball sized; 2 mm to 64 mm diam.)
Coarse: Cobble to boulder (tennis ball to car sized; 64 mm to 4000 mm)
Other: bedrock (larger than car sized; > 4000 mm), hardpan (firm, consolidated fine substrate), wood
of any size, aquatic vegetation, etc.). Note type of "other" substrate in comments on field form.
(Continued)
112
-------
TABLE 8-1 (Continued)
16. Identify the habitat type where the sampling quadrat was located. Place an "X" in the
appropriate channel habitat type box for the transect on the Sample collection Form.
Pool; Still water; low velocity; smooth, glassy surface; usually deep compared to other parts of the
channel
GLide: Water moving slowly, with smooth, unbroken surface; low turbulence
Riffle: Water moving, with small ripples, waves, and eddies; waves not breaking, and surface
tension is not broken; "babbling" or "gurgling" sound.
RApid: Water movement is rapid and turbulent; surface with intermittent "white water" with breaking
waves; continuous rushing sound.
17. Thoroughly rinse the net before proceeding to the next sampling location. Proceed upstream to
the next transect (including Transect K, the upstream end of the sampling reach) and repeat
Steps 1 through 9. Combine all kick net samples from riffle/run and pool/glide habitats into the
bucket.
A set of completed sample labels, including the label that is used if more than one jar
is required for a single composite sample, is shown in Figure 8-4. The ID number is also
recorded with a number 2 lead pencil on a waterproof label that is placed inside each jar
(Figure 8-4, lower right). If more than one jar is used for a composite sample, a special label
(Figure 8-4, lower left) is used to record the ID number assigned to the sample. DO NOT
use two different barcode numbers on two jars containing one single sample. Blank
labels for use inside of sample jars are presented in Figure 8-5. These can be copied onto
waterproof paper. If a sample requires more than one jar, make sure the correct number of
jars for the sample is recorded on the Sample Collection Form. Again, accurate record -
keeping in the field saves substantial amounts of time later.
Check to be sure that the prenumbered adhesive label is on the jar and covered with
clear tape, and that the waterproof label is in the jar and filled in properly. Be sure the inside
label and outside label describe the same sample. Replace the cap on each jar. Check to
make sure the cap is properly marked with the site number. Place the samples in a cooler
or other secure container for transporting and/or shipping the laboratory (see Section 3).
Before shipping to the lab (after a sample has been preserved for at least one week),
decant the majority of the ethanol from the container. Leave only enough ethanol to
keep the sample moist. Place the lid back on the container and seal with electrical tape.
The sample will be refilled with ethanol upon receipt at the benthic laboratory. Check to see
that all equipment is in the vehicle.
8.3 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY CHECKLIST
Figure 8-6 shows the checklist of equipment and supplies required to complete the
collection of benthic macroinvertebrates from streams. This checklist is similar to the check-
list presented in Appendix A, which is used at the base location (Section 3) to ensure that all
of the required equipment is brought to the stream. Use this checklist to ensure that
equipment and supplies are organized and available at the stream site in order to conduct
the activities efficiently.
113
-------
SAMPLE COLLECTION FORM - STREAMS Reviewed by (Initial): ML
SITE SD:
Q*x*-jG3Lj£LtJ /u2.i.°J,
WATER CHEMISTRY
Sample ID
, A, 2^.0,1,^,
Transect
Comments
REACH-WIDE BENTHOS SAMPLE
Sample ID
No. of Jars
Comment
*
y.
foK 7'R.AMteer
K
<970££
~ Small ttjoeiy Srt*
IS
TRANSECT
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
i
J
K
SUBSTRATE
CHAN
Chan.
Sob
Sufo
Cd^ii
SitSs.
C?M!.
Sub
cium
rn-3i' j
Sub
Stib
Clt.w
SwU
Chan
Si:&
Chan.
Chan
l«vSan»»
JSjf.l
»r
Bo
n>
l>
n*
~ f
13
rif
~ »
»>=
L)f
Bi-
8'
B 1
0>-
Q <=
KK
Cravat
GSMp
H G
~ «.
[To
CR«.
n<"
~ «
Wo
Lie
L!«-
(8®
O OU
Uo
}C 61
ns
~ «
U«
1 N
fjol
Coarse
Riffle
~ c
1»
ric
U»
~ c
~ ra
lie
U w
nc
H ra
B c
m
PC
X «•
~ c
Li™
[ ] C
~ «
Dc
U ™
UK
~ «
Other Mate in
Comments
K»ip|rt
D"
~ RA
n<>
~ **
O **
Oo
U«A
Uo
O HA
Do
~ "A
Oo
~ R«
Oo
~ *«
~ o
~ RA
Do
u«
Mo
~ R*
TARGETED RIKPLE BENTHOS SAMPLE"
Sample ID
<9.a.
No, of Jars
Comment^
NEAREST
TRANSECT
% Fine/Sand
Jg Gravel
Coarse
O Other; Note m
Comments
A.
o RS
Kg
OC
~ o
D FIS
big
~ c
DO
OFIS
OG
«C
~ o
OF/S
as
OC
DO
~ RS
as
BC
00
DBS
are
OC
00
OF®
Be
OC
00
OF/S
as
oc
no
SUBSTRATE SIZE CLASSES
F/S - ladybug Of smallw {<2 mm)
C* * ladyfauu to tennis ball (2 to 64
mm}
G * tsrsnis ball to ear siHHj (64 to
4000 mm)
0 - bedrocks hardpan, wood, etc
Additional Benthos Comments
COMPOSITE PERIPHYTON SAMPLE
Sampla ID
j?,O.P,9.<3.jg.
Composite Voluma (mL)
,S",o,o,
Number of transects sampled (0*11):
IJ
Assemblage ID
(60-ml. tube, preserved)
Chlorophyll
(BF/F filter)
Biomass
{6F/F Filter)
Sample Vol. (ml!
S.O,
Sample Vol. (mL)
Flag
Sample Vol, (mL)
Flag
2 r
Flay
Comments
Flag codes: K « Sample not collected; U « Suspect sample; F1, F2, etc. - misc. flag assigned by field crew. Explain all flags In comment sections.
24679
04/11/2002 2002 Sample Collection
Figure 8-3. Sample Collection Form (page 1), showing information for benthic macro-
invertebrate samples.
114
-------
TABLE 8-2. PROCEDURE FOR PREPARING COMPOSITE SAMPLES FOR
BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES
1. Pour the entire contents of the bucket through a sieve (or into a sieve bucket) with 500 jjm mesh
size. Remove any large objects and wash off any clinging organisms back into the sieve before
discarding.
2. Using a wash bottle filled with stream water, rinse all the organisms from the bucket into the
sieve. This is the composite reach-wide sample for the site.
3. Estimate the total volume of the sample in the sieve and determine how large a jar will be
needed for the sample (500-mL or 1-L) and how many jars will be required.
4. Fill in a sample label with the stream ID and date of collection. Attach the completed label to the
jar and cover it with a strip of clear tape. Record the sample ID number for the composite
sample on the Sample Collection Form. For each composite sample, make sure the number on
the form matches the number on the label. Please do not record an ID number on the form
until you have collected the sample!
5. Wash the contents of the sieve to one side by gently agitating the sieve in the water. Wash the
sample into a jar using as little water from the wash bottle as possible. Use a large-bore funnel if
necessary. If the jar is too full pour off some water through the sieve until the jar is not more
than % to 1/3 full, or use a second jar if a larger one is not available. Carefully examine the sieve
for any remaining organisms and use watchmakers' forceps to place them into the sample jar.
If a second jar is needed, fill in a sample label that does not have a pre-printed ID number
on it. Record the ID number from the pre-printed label prepared in Step 4 in the "SAMPLE
ID" field of the label. Attach the label to the second jar and cover it with a strip of clear
tape. Record the number of jars required for the sample on the Sample Collection Form.
Make sure the number you record matches the actual number of jars used. Write
"Jar N of X" on each sample label using a waterproof marker ("N" is the individual jar
number, and "X" is the total number of jars for the sample).
6. Place a waterproof label inside each jar with the following information written with a number 2
lead pencil:
Stream Number
Type of sampler and mesh size used
Name of stream
Date of collection
Collectors initials
Number of transect samples
composited
Jar N of X
7. Completely fill the jar with 95% ethanol (no headspace). It is very important that sufficient
ethanol be used, or the organisms will not be properly preserved.
NOTE: Prepared composite samples can be transported back to the vehicle before adding
ethanol if necessary. Fill the jar with stream water, which is then drained using the net
across the opening to prevent loss of organisms, and replaced with ethanol at the vehicle.
8. Replace the cap on each jar. Slowly tip the jar to a horizontal position, then gently rotate the jar
to mix the preservative. Do not invert or shake the jar. After mixing, seal each jar with plastic
tape.
9. Store labeled composite samples in a container with absorbent material that is suitable for use
with 95% ethanol until transport or shipment to the laboratory.
115
-------
BENTHOS-Extra Jar
^ *»C—
( Reach Wula) Targeted Riffle
wxxpF^Y. -t .<-1 ±
_ ? ¦' Of I 2002
Sample 10; S'OOOoQ
Jai - l:
REACH-WIDE BENTHOS
W XX PI 3 - '? '? t
7 / €.lLf 2002
500000
Jar / of £.
v.vx m-?)fi
'Vl,fJ (>»,- t
tt{&*¦
^ i't>*f „
n
Figure 8-4. Completed labels for benthic macroinvertebrate samples. The label at lower left is
used if more than one jar is required for a composite sample. The label at lower right is placed
inside the sample container.
116
-------
BENTHOS IDENTIFICATION
Site Number
Stream
Collection Date
Sampler
Habitat Type
Collector (s)
Number of Transects
BENTHOS IDENTIFICATION
Site Number
Stream
Collection Date
Sampler
Habitat Type
Collector(s)
Number of Transects
BENTHOS IDENTIFICATION
Site Number
Stream
Collection Date
Sampler
Habitat Type
Collector (s)
Number of Transects
BENTHOS IDENTIFICATION
Site Number
Stream
Collection Date
Sampler
Habitat Type
Collector(s)
Number of Transects
BENTHOS IDENTIFICATION
Site Number
Stream
Collection Date
Sampler
Habitat Type
Collector (s)
Number of Transects
BENTHOS IDENTIFICATION
Site Number
Stream
Collection Date
Sampler
Habitat Type
Collector(s)
Number of Transects
Figure 8-5. Blank internal labels for benthic invertebrate samples.
117
-------
POTENTIAL EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES
OTY
ITFM
1
Modified kick net ( D-frame with 500 |jm mesh) and 4-ft handle
Spare net(s) and/or spare bucket assembly for end of net
1
Watch with timer or a stopwatch
2
Buckets, plastic, 8- to 10-gt capacity
1
Sieve with 500 |jm mesh openings (U.S. std No. 35)
1
Sieve-bottomed bucket, 500 |jm mesh openings (alternative to sieve)
2 pr.
Watchmakers' forceps
1
Wash bottle, 1-L capacity labeled "STREAM WATER"
1
Small spatula, spoon, or scoop to transfer sample
1
Funnel, with large bore spout
4 to 6
each
sample
Sample jars, HDPE plastic with leakproof screw caps, 500-mL and 1-L capacity,
suitable for use with ethanol
2 gal
95% ethanol, in a proper container
2 pr.
Rubber gloves
1
Cooler (with suitable absorbent material) for transporting ethanol and samples
2
Composite Benthic sample labels, with preprinted ID numbers (barcodes)
4
Composite Benthic sample labels without preprinted ID numbers
6
Blank labels on waterproof paper for inside of jars
1
Sample Collection Form for site
Soft (#2) lead pencils
Fine-tip indelible markers
1 Pkg.
Clear tape strips
4 rolls
Plastic electrical tape
1
Knife, pocket, with at least two blades
1
Scissors
1
Pocket-sized field notebook (optional)
1 Pkg.
Kim wipes in small self-sealing plastic bag
1 copy
Field operations and methods manual
1 set
Procedure tables and/or quick reference guides for benthic macroinvertebrates
(laminated or printed on write-in-the-rain paper)
Figure 8-6. Equipment and supply checklist for benthic macroinvertebrate collection.
118
-------
NOTES
119
-------
9.0
RAPID HABITAT AND VISUAL STREAM ASSESSMENTS
After all other samples and field data have been collected, the field team conducts a
visual-based habitat assessment of the stream reach, makes a general visual assessment
of the stream and adjacent area, and performs a final check of the data forms and samples
before leaving the stream site (see Section 10). The habitat assessment procedures used
are those included in EPA's Rapid Bioassessment Protocols (RBP), originally published by
Plafkin et al. (1989), and revised by Barbour et al. (1999). The procedures used for WSA
are modified from those published previously for EMAP-SW (Lazorchak et al., 1998), and
the original RBP procedures (Plafkin et al., 1989) to include additional assessment
parameters for high gradient streams and a more appropriate parameter set for low gradient
streams. These modifications are based on refinements from various applications across
the country. The approach focuses on integrating information from specific parameters on
the structure of the physical habitat.
The visual stream assessment is used to record field team observations of
catchment and stream characteristics that are useful for data validation, future data
interpretation, ecological value assessment, development of associations, and verification of
stressor data. The observations and impressions of field teams are extremely valuable.
Thus, it is important that these observations about stream characteristics be recorded for
future data interpretation and validation.
The general description of weather conditions at a site are now included on the field
form used for the visual assessment. Evidence of fire has been added as a disturbance
type for the visual assessment.
9.1 RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT
The rapid habitat assessment approach based on visual observation is separated
into two basic approaches—one designed for high-gradient streams and one designed for
low-gradient streams. From the perception gained in collecting samples and measurements
from throughout the sampling reach, classify the stream reach as either "Riffle/run prevalent"
or "Pool/glide prevalent". Choose the prevalent habitat type based on which habitat type
occupies the majority of the length of the sampling reach. Landscapes of moderate to high-
gradient typically contain "riffle/run prevalent" streams. Under natural conditions, riffle/run
prevalent streams contain primarily coarse substrates (i.e., coarse gravel or larger; refer to
Section 7) or numerous areas dominated by coarse substrates along a stream reach
(Barbour et al, 1999). Landscapes of low to moderate gradient are characterized by
glide/pool prevalent streams. These streambeds are dominated by finer substrates (fine
gravel or smaller) or occasional areas of coarser sediments along a stream reach (Barbour
et al., 1999). The entire sampling reach is classified as one or the other and specific
parameters are evaluated for each classification.
A different field data form is completed depending upon the prevalent habitat type.
For each prevalent stream type, ten "parameters" of habitat (Table 9-1) are evaluated for
condition. Most of the parameters are evaluated similarly for both types of prevalent
habitats. In three cases, a parameter is evaluated differently, or a different (but ecologically
equivalent) parameter is substituted in riffle/run prevalent versus pool/glide prevalent
streams. Substrate embeddedness is evaluated in riffle/run prevalent streams, while pool
120
-------
substrate composition is evaluated in pool/glide prevalent streams. The presence of four
potential types of microhabitat types based on combinations of depth and current velocity is
evaluated in riffle/run prevalent streams, while the presence of four potential types of pool
microhabitat based on depth and area are evaluated in pool/glide prevalent streams. The
frequency of riffles is evaluated in riffle/run prevalent streams, while channel sinuosity is
evaluated in pool/glide prevalent streams. For three parameters, each bank is evaluated
separately and the cumulative score (right and left) is used for the reach.
The procedure for conducting the rapid habitat assessment is presented in Table 9-
2. For each of the 10 parameters, visually evaluate and rate the overall quality of the
sampling reach on a scale of 0 to 20, 0 being the lowest possible scale, 20 being the
highest, i.e., representing "optimal" conditions. The first five parameters are instream
habitat features and are rated specifically for the sampling reach. The second five
parameters are related to large-scale effects and may require a visual assessment beyond
the sampling reach. For riffle/run prevalent streams, record your scores for each parameter
on the riffle/run version of the Rapid Habitat Assessment Form as shown in Figures 9-1. If
the stream is classified as a pool/glide prevalent stream, record your scores for each
parameter on the pool/glide version of the Rapid Habitat Assessment Form as shown in
Figures 9-2. Transfer the scores assigned for each parameter to the box in the left-hand
column of the form. The scores will be summed during data entry.
TABLE 9-1. DESCRIPTIONS OF PARAMETERS USED IN THE RAPID
HABITAT ASSESSMENT OF STREAMS®
Habitat
Parameter
(Prevalent
Habitat
Type
R=Riffle/run
P=Pool/glide)
Description and Rationale
Parameters Evaluated within SamDlina Reach
1.
Epifaunal
Substrate/
Available
Cover (R, P)
Includes the relative quantity and variety of natural structures in the stream, such as cobble
(riffles), large rocks, fallen trees, logs and branches, and undercut banks, available as
refugia, feeding, or sites for spawning and nursery functions of aquatic macrofauna. A wide
variety and/or abundance of submerged structures in the stream provides
macroinvertebrates and fish with a large number of niches, thus increasing habitat diversity.
As variety and abundance of cover decreases, habitat structure becomes monotonous,
diversity decreases, and the potential for recovery following disturbance decreases. Riffles
and runs are critical for maintaining a variety and abundance of insects in most high-
gradient streams and serving as spawning and feeding refugia for certain fish. The extent
and quality of the riffle is an important factor in the support of a healthy biological condition
in high-gradient streams. Riffles and runs offer a diversity of habitat through variety of
particle size, and, in many small high-gradient streams, will provide the most stable habitat.
Snags and submerged logs are among the most productive habitat structure for
macroinvertebrate colonization and fish refugia in low-gradient streams. However, "new fall"
will not yet be suitable for colonization.
(Continued)
121
-------
TABLE 9-1. Continued
Habitat
Parameter
(Prevalent
Habitat
Type
R=Riffle/run
P=Pool/glide)
Description and Rationale
Parameters Evaluated within Samplina Reach (cont'd)
2A.
Embedded-
ness(R)
Refers to the extent to which rocks (gravel, cobble, and boulders) and snags are covered or
sunken into the silt, sand, or mud of the stream bottom. Generally, as rocks become
embedded, the surface area available to macroinvertebrates and fish (shelter, spawning,
and egg incubation) is decreased. Embeddedness is a result of large-scale sediment
movement and deposition, and is a parameter evaluated in the riffles and runs of high-
gradient streams. The rating of this parameter may be variable depending on where the
observations are taken. To avoid confusion with sediment deposition (another habitat
parameter), observations of embeddedness should be taken in the upstream and central
portions of riffles and cobble substrate areas.
2B.
Pool
Substrate
Characterizati
on (P)
Evaluates the type and condition of bottom substrates found in pools. Firmer sediment
types (e.g., gravel, sand) and rooted aquatic plants support a wider variety of organisms
than a pool substrate dominated by mud or bedrock and no plants. In addition, a stream
that has a uniform substrate in its pools will support far fewer types of organisms than a
stream that has a variety of substrate types.
3A.
Velocity and
Depth
Regimes (R)
Patterns of velocity and depth are included for high-gradient streams under this parameter
as an important feature of habitat diversity. The best streams in most high-gradient regions
will have all 4 patterns present: (1) slow-deep, (2) slow-shallow, (3) fast-deep, and (4) fast-
shallow. The general guidelines are 0.5 m depth to separate shallow from deep, and 0.3
m/sec to separate fast from slow. The occurrence of these 4 patterns relates to the
stream's ability to provide and maintain a stable aquatic environment.
3B.
Pool
Variability (P)
Rates the overall mixture of pool types found in streams, according to size and depth. The
4 basic types of pools are large-shallow, large-deep, small-shallow, and small-deep. A
stream with many pool types will support a wide variety of aquatic species. Rivers with low
sinuosity (few bends) and monotonous pool characteristics do not have sufficient quantities
and types of habitat to support a diverse aquatic community. General guidelines are any
pool dimension (i.e., length, width, oblique) greater than half the cross-section of the stream
for separating large from small and 1 m depth separating shallow and deep.
4.
Sediment
Deposition
(R,P)
Measures the amount of sediment that has accumulated in pools and the changes that have
occurred to the stream bottom as a result of deposition. Deposition occurs from large-scale
movement of sediment. Sediment deposition may cause the formation of islands, point bars
(areas of increased deposition usually at the beginning of a meander that increase in size
as the channel is diverted toward the outer bank) or shoals, or result in the filling of runs and
pools. Usually deposition is evident in areas that are obstructed by natural or manmade
debris and areas where the stream flow decreases, such as bends. High levels of sediment
deposition are symptoms of an unstable and continually changing environment that
becomes unsuitable for many organisms.
5.
Channel
Flow
Status
(R,P)
The degree to which the channel is filled with water. The flow status will change as the
channel enlarges (e.g., aggrading stream beds with actively widening channels) or as flow
decreases as a result of dams and other obstructions, diversions for irrigation, or drought.
When water does not cover much of the streambed, the amount of suitable substrate for
aquatic organisms is limited. In high-gradient streams, riffles and cobble substrate are
exposed; in low-gradient streams, the decrease in water level exposes logs and snags,
thereby reducing the areas of good habitat. Channel flow is especially useful for interpreting
biological condition under abnormal or lowered flow conditions. This parameter becomes
important when more than one biological index period is used for surveys or the timing of
sampling is inconsistent among sites or annual periodicity.
(Continued)
122
-------
TABLE 9-1. Continued
Habitat
Parameter
(Prevalent
Habitat
Type
R=Riffle/run
P=Pool/glide)
Description and Rationale
Parameters Evaluated Broader than the SamDlina Reach
6.
Channel
Alteration
(R, P)
Is a measure of large-scale changes in the shape of the stream channel. Many streams in
urban and agricultural areas have been straightened, deepened, or diverted into concrete
channels, often for flood control or irrigation purposes. Such streams have far fewer natural
habitats for fish, macroinvertebrates, and plants than do naturally meandering streams.
Channel alteration is present when artificial embankments, riprap, and other forms of
artificial bank stabilization or structures are present; when the stream is very straight for
significant distances; when dams and bridges are present; and when other such changes
have occurred. Scouring is often associated with channel alteration.
7A.
Frequency of
Riffles (or
Bends)
(R)
Is a way to measure the sequence of riffles and thus the heterogeneity occurring in a
stream. Riffles are a source of high-quality habitat and diverse fauna, therefore, an
increased frequency of occurrence greatly enhances the diversity of the stream community.
For high gradient streams where distinct riffles are uncommon, a run/bend ratio can be used
as a measure of meandering or sinuosity (see 7b). A high degree of sinuosity provides for
diverse habitat and fauna, and the stream is better able to handle surges when the stream
fluctuates as a result of storms. The absorption of this energy by bends protects the stream
from excessive erosion and flooding and provides refugia for benthic invertebrates and fish
during storm events. To gain an appreciation of this parameter in some streams, a longer
segment or reach than that designated for sampling should be incorporated into the
evaluation. In some situations, this parameter may be rated from viewing accurate
topographical maps. The "sequencing" pattern of the stream morphology is important in
rating this parameter. In headwaters, riffles are usually continuous and the presence of
cascades or boulders provides a form of sinuosity and enhances the structure of the
stream. A stable channel is one that does not exhibit progressive changes in slope, shape,
or dimensions, although short-term variations may occur during floods (Gordon et al. 1992).
7B.
Channel
Sinuosity
(P)
Evaluates the meandering or sinuosity of the stream. A high degree of sinuosity provides
for diverse habitat and fauna, and the stream is better able to handle surges when the
stream fluctuates as a result of storms. The absorption of this energy by bends protects the
stream from excessive erosion and flooding and provides refugia for benthic invertebrates
and fish during storm events. To gain an appreciation of this parameter in low gradient
streams, a longer segment or reach than that designated for sampling may be incorporated
into the evaluation. In some situations, this parameter may be rated from viewing accurate
topographical maps. The "sequencing" pattern of the stream morphology is important in
rating this parameter. In "oxbow" streams of coastal areas and deltas, meanders are highly
exaggerated and transient. Natural conditions in these streams are shifting channels and
bends, and alteration is usually in the form of flow regulation and diversion. A stable channel
is one that does not exhibit progressive changes in slope, shape, or dimensions, although
short-term variations may occur during floods (Gordon et al. 1992).
8.
Bank Stability
(Condition of
Banks)
(R, P)
Measures whether the stream banks are eroded (or have the potential for erosion). Steep
banks are more likely to collapse and suffer from erosion than are gently sloping banks, and
are therefore considered to be unstable. Signs of erosion include crumbling, unvegetated
banks, exposed tree roots, and exposed soil. Eroded banks indicate a problem of sediment
movement and deposition, and suggest a scarcity of cover and organic input to streams.
Each bank is evaluated separately from 0-10, and the cumulative score (right and left) is
used for this parameter.
(Continued)
123
-------
TABLE 9-1. Continued
Habitat
Parameter
(Prevalent
Habitat
Type
R=Riffle/run
P=Pool/glide)
Description and Rationale
Parameters Evaluated Broader than the Samplina Reach (cont'd)
9.
Bank
Vegetative
Protection
(R,P)
Measures the amount of vegetative protection afforded to the stream bank and the near-
stream portion of the riparian zone. The root systems of plants growing on stream banks
help hold soil in place, thereby reducing the amount of erosion that is likely to occur. This
parameter supplies information on the ability of the bank to resist erosion as well as some
additional information on the uptake of nutrients by the plants, the control of instream
scouring, and stream shading. Banks that have full, natural plant growth are better for fish
and macroinvertebrates than are banks without vegetative protection or those shored up
with concrete or riprap. This parameter is made more effective by defining the native
vegetation for the region and stream type (i.e., shrubs, trees, etc.). In some regions, the
introduction of exotics has virtually replaced all native vegetation. The value of exotic
vegetation to the quality of the habitat structure and contribution to the stream ecosystem
must be considered in this parameter. In areas of high grazing pressure from livestock or
where residential and urban development activities disrupt the riparian zone, the growth of a
natural plant community is impeded and can extend to the bank vegetative protection zone.
Each bank is evaluated separately and the cumulative score (right and left) is used for this
parameter.
10.
Riparian
Vegetated
Zone Width
(R,P)
Measures the width of natural vegetation from the edge of the stream bank out through the
riparian zone. The vegetative zone serves as a buffer to pollutants entering a stream from
runoff, controls erosion, and provides habitat and nutrient input into the stream. A relatively
undisturbed riparian zone supports a robust stream system; narrow riparian zones occur
when roads, parking lots, fields, lawns, bare soil, rocks, or buildings are near the stream
bank. Residential developments, urban centers, golf courses, and rangeland are the
common causes of anthropogenic degradation of the riparian zone. Conversely, the
presence of "old field" (i.e., a previously developed field not currently in use), paths, and
walkways in an otherwise undisturbed riparian zone may be judged to be inconsequential to
altering the riparian zone and may be given relatively high scores. For variable size
streams, the specified width of a desirable riparian zone may also be variable and may be
best determined by some multiple of stream width (e.g., 4 x wetted stream width). Each
bank is evaluated separately from 0-10 and the cumulative score (right and left) is used for
this parameter.
a Modified from Barbour et al. (1999)
124
-------
TABLE 9-2. PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING THE RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT
1. Based on observations during previous sample collection and field measurement activities,
classify the sampling reach as predominantly flowing water habitat ("Riffle/run") or slow water
habitat ("Pool/glide").
2. Select the appropriate version of the Rapid Habitat Assessment Form ("Riffle/Run Prevalence"
or "Pool/Glide Prevalence") based on the classification in Step 1.
3. For each of the 10 habitat parameters, determine the general "quality" category ("Poor",
"Marginal", "Sub-optimal", or "Optimal") of the entire sampling reach. Assign and circle a
score from the values available within each quality category. For Parameters 1 through 7, the
sampling reach can be scored from 0 (worst) to 20 (best). For Parameters 8 through 10, each
bank is evaluated separately (from 0 to 10), and the cumulative score for both right and left
banks are used.
4. The first 5 parameters are rated for the sampling reach. Contiguous reaches may be evaluated
for the last 5 parameters to provide a more robust rating for these large-scale parameters. If the
sampling reach is less than 150m in length, incorporate contiguous reaches into the
assessment.
5. After the sampling reach has been scored for all parameters, transfer the score circled for each
category to the corresponding "SCORE" box in the "Habitat Parameter" column of the
assessment form.
125
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: RIFFLE/RUN - STREAM
SITE ID: ^X^p^Cj-qc^Cj DATE: 07 /o | / 2.0 0.0.
HABITAT
PARAMETER
OPTIMAL
CONDITION CA
SUB-OPTIMAL
.TEGORY
MARGINAL
POOR
1. Epifaunal
Substrate/
Available Cov
Score:
er
\Z-
Greater than 70% of substrate
favorable for epifaunal
colonization and fish cover; mix
of snags, submerged logs,
undercut banks, cobble or other
stable habitat and at stage to
allow full colonization potential;
{i.e., logs/snags that are NOT
new fall and NOT transient.)
20 19 18 17 16
40-70% mix of stable habitat;
well-suited for full colonization
potential; adequate habitat for
maintainance of populations;
presence of additional
substrate in the form of
newfall, but not yet prepared for
colonization (may rate at high
end of scale).
15 14 13 @ 11
20-40% mix of stable
habitat; habitat availability
less than desirable;
substrate frequently
disturbed or removed.
10 9 8 7 6
Less than 20% stable habitat;
lack of habitat is obvious;
substrate unstable or
lacking.
5 4 3 2 1 0
2. Embeddedn
Score:
ess
8
Gravel, cobble, and boulder
particles are 0-25% surrounded
by fine sediment. Layering of
cobble provides diversity of
niche space.
20 19 18 17 16
Gravel, cobble, and boulder
particles are 25-50%
surrounded by fine sediment.
15 14 13 12 11
Gravel, cobble, and
boulder particles are
50-75% surrounded by
fine sediment.
10 9 (D 7 6
Gravel, cobble, and boulder
particles are more than 75%
surrounded by fine sediment.
5 4 3 2 1 0
3. Velocity/Dept
Regime
Score:
h
15*
All four velocity/depth regimes
present (slow-deep,
slow-shallow, fast-deep,
fast-shallow). (Slow is less than
0.3 m/s, deep is greater than 0.5
m.)
20 19 18 17 16
Only 3 of the 4 regimes present
(if fast-shallow is missing,
score lower than if missing
other regimes).
® 14 13 12 11
Only 2 of the 4 habitat
regimes present (if
fast-shallow or
slow-shallow are missing,
score low).
10 9 8 7 6
Dominated by 1
velocity/depth regime
(usually slow-deep).
5 4 3 2 1 0
4. Sediment
Deposition
Score:
m
Little or no enlargement of
islands or point bars and less
than 5% of the bottom affected
by sediment deposition.
20 19 18 17 16
Some new increases in bar
formation, mostly from gravel,
sand or fine sediment; 5-30% of
the bottom affected; slight
deposition in pools.
15 @ 13 12 11
Moderate deposition of
new gravel, sand or fine
sediment on old and new
bars; 30-50% of the
bottom affected; sediment
deposits at obstructions,
constrictions, and bends;
moderate deposition of
pools prevalent.
10 9 8 7 6
Heavy deposits of fine
material; increased bar
development; more than 50%
of the bottom changing
frequently; pools almost
absent due to substantial
sediment deposition.
5 4 3 2 1 0
5. Channel
Flow Status
Score:
I z
Water reaches base of both
lower banks, and minimal
amount of channel substrate is
exposed.
20 19 18 17 16
Water fills over 75% of the
available channel; or less than
25% of channel substrate is
exposed.
15 14 13 (12) 11
Water fills 25-75% of the
available channel, and/or
riffle substrates are
mostly exposed.
10 9 8 7 6
Very little water in channel
and mostly present as
standing pools.
5 4 3 2 1 0
6. Channel
Alteration
Score:
id
Channelization or dredging
absent or minimal; stream with
normal pattern.
20 19 (l8) 17 16
Some channelization present,
usually in areas of bridge
abutments; evidence of past
channelization, i.e., dredging,
(greater than past 20 yr) may be
present, but recent
channelization is not present.
15 14 13 12 11
Channelization may be
extensive; embankments
or shoring structures
present on both banks;
and 40 to 80% of stream
reach channelized and
disrupted.
10 9 8 7 6
Banks shored with gabion or
cement; over 80% of the
stream reach channelized
and disrupted. Instream
habitat greatly altered or
removed entirely.
5 4 3 2 1 0
03/31/2000 2000 Riffle Run
Figure 9-1. Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for riffle/run prevalent streams (continued).
126
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
it-
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: RIFFLE/RUN (continued) - STREAM
siteid: DATE:,o,7./.o. i 72,0 0 0
HABITAT PARAMETER
CONDITION CATEGORY
OPTIMAL
SUB-OPTIMAL
MARGINAL
POOR
7. Frequency
of Riffles
(or bends)
Occurrence of riffles relatively
frequent; ratio of distance
between riffles divided by width
of the stream greater than 7:1
(generally 5 to 7); variety of
habitat is key. In streams where
riffles are continuous,
placement of boulders or other
large, natural obstruction is
important.
20 19 18 17 16
Occurrence of riffles infrequent;
distance between riffles divided
by width of stream is between 7
to 15.
15 14 13 12 11
Occasional riffle or bend;
bottom contours provide
some habitat; distance
between riffles divided by
width of stream is
between 15 to 25.
10 9 8 7 6
Generally all flat water or
shallow riffles; poor habitat;
distance between riffles
divided by width of stream is
a ratio of over 25.
5 4 3 2 1 0
Score:
13
8. Bank Stability
(score each bank)
NOTE: Determine left or right
side by facing downstream.
Banks stable; evidence of
erosion or bank failure absent or
minimal; little potential for future
problems. Less than 5% of bank
affected.
Left Bank: 10 9
Moderately stable; infrequent,
small areas of erosion mostly
healed over. 5-30% of bank in
reach has areas of erosion.
8 7 6
Moderately unstable;
30-60% of bank in reach
has areas of erosion; high
erosion potential during
floods.
5 4 3
Unstable; many eroded
areas; "raw" areas frequent
along straight sections and
bends; obvious bank
sloughing; 60-100% of bank
has erosional scars.
2 1 0
Left Bank Score:
7
Right Bank Score:
5
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
9. Vegetative
Protection
(score, each bank)
More than 90% of the
streambank surfaces and
immediate riparian zone covered
by native vegetation, including
trees, understory shrubs, or
nonwoody macrophytes;
vegetative disruption through
grazing or mowing minimal or
not evident; almost all plants
allowed to grow naturally.
Left Bank: 10 9
70-90% if the streambank
surfaces covered by native
vegetation; but one class of
plants is not well represented;
disruption evident but not
affecting full plant growth
potential to any great extent;
more than one-half of the
potential plant stubble height
remaining.
8 7 6
50-70% of the streambank
surfaces covered by
vegetation; disruptions
obvious; patches of bare
soil or closely cropped
vegetation common; less
than one-half of the
potential plant stubble
height remaining.
5 4 3
Less than 50% of the
streambank surfaces
covered by vegetation;
disruption of streambank
vegetation is very high;
vegetation has been removed
to 5 centimeters or less in
average stubble height.
2 1 0
Left Bank Score:
8
Right Bank Score:
7
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
10. Riparian Vegetative
Zone Width
- (score each bank)
Width of riparian zone greater
than 18 meters; human
activities (i.e., parking lots,
roadbeds, clear-cuts, lawns, or
crops) have not impacted the
zone.
Left Bank: 10 9
Width of riparian zone 12-18
meters; human activities have
impacted zone only minimally.
8 7 6
Width of riparian zone
6-12 meters; human
activities have impacted
zone a great deal.
5 4 3
Width of riparian zone less
than 6 meters; little or no
riparian vegetation due to
human activities.
2 1 0
Left Bank Score:
Id
Right Bank Score:
5
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Draft
03/15/2000 2000 Riffle Run
Figure 9-1. Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for riffle/run prevalent streams (page 2).
127
-------
Reviewed by (initials): R*-
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: GLIDE/POOL - STREAMS
SITEID: DATE:,0,"7 ,/p , I 7,2,0,0,0,
HABITAT
PARAMETER
OPTIMAL SUB-OPTIMAL
MARGINAL POOR
1. Epifaunal
Substrate/
Available
Cover
Greater than 50% of substrate
favorable for epifaunal
colonization and fish cover;
mix of snags, submerged logs,
undercut banks, cobble or
other stable habitat and at
stage to allow full colonization
potential (i.e. logs/snags that
are NOT new fall and NOT
transient.)
20 19 18 17 16
30-50% mix of stable habitat;
well-suited for full colonization
potential; adequate habitat for
maintenance of populations;
presence of additional
substrate in the form of
newfall, but not yet prepared
for colonization (may rate at
high end of scale).
15 14 13 12 11
10-30% mix of stable
habitat; habitat
availability less than
desirable; substrate
frequently disturbed or
removed.
10 9 © 7 6
Less than 10% stable habitat;
lack of habitat is obvious;
substrate unstable or lacking.
5 4 3 2 1 0
Score:
8
2. Pool Substrate
Characterization
Mixture of substrate materials,
with gravel and firm sand
prevalent; root mats and
submerged vegetation
common.
20 19 18 17 16
Mixture of soft sand, mud, or
clay; mud may be dominant;
some root mats and submerged
vegetation present.
15 14 13 12 11
All mud or clay or sand
bottom; little or no root
mat; no submerged
vegetation.
10 9 © 7 6
Hard-pan clay or bedrock; no
root mat or vegetation.
5 4 3 2 1 0
Score:
8
3. Pool
Variability
Even mix of large-shallow,
large-deep, small shallow,
small-deep pools present.
20 19 18 17 16
Majority of pools large-deep;
very few shallows.
15 14 13 12 11
Shallow pools much
more prevalent than deep
pools.
10 9@76
Majority of pools
small-shallow or absent.
5 4 3 2 1 0
Score:
8
4. Sediment
Deposition
Little or no enlargement of
islands or point bars and less
than 20% of the bottom
affected by sediment
deposition.
20 19 18 17 16
Some new increases in bar
formation, mostly from gravel,
sand or fine sediment; 20-50%
of the bottom affected; slight
deposition in pools.
15 14 13 12 11
Moderate deposition of
new gravel, sand or fine
sediment on old and new
bars; 50-80% of the
bottom affected;
sediment deposits at
obstructions,
constrictions, and bends;
moderate deposition of
pools prevalent.
10 9 8 0 6
Heavy deposits of fine
material; increased bar
development; more than 80%
of the bottom changing
frequently; pools almost
absent due to substantial
sediment deposition.
5 4 3 2 1 0
Score:
1
5. Channel
Flow Status
Water reaches base of both
lower banks, and minimal
amount of channel substrate is
exposed.
20 19 (18) 17 16
Water fills over 75% of the
available channel; or less than
25% of channel substrate is
exposed.
15 14 13 12 11
Water fills 25-75% of the
available channel, and/or
riffle substrates are
mostly exposed.
10 9 8 7 6
Very little water in channel
and mostly present as
standing pools.
5 4 3 2 1 0
Score:
18
6. Channel
Alteration
Channelization or dredging
absent or minimal; stream with
normal pattern.
20 19 18 17
Some channelization present,
usually in areas of bridge
abutments; evidence of past
channelization, i.e., dredging,
{greater than past 20 yr) may be
present, but recent
channelization Is not present.
15 14 13 12 11
Channelization may be
extensive; embankments
or shoring structures
present on both banks;
and 40 to 80% of stream
reach channelized and
disrupted.
10 9 8 7 6
Banks shored with gabion or
cement; over 80% of the
stream reach channelized
and disrupted. Instream
habitat greatly altered or
removed entirely.
5 4 3 2 1 0
Score:
\Q>
03/31/2000 Glide Pool
Figure 9-2. Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for pool/glide prevalent streams (continued).
128
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: GLIDE/POOL (continued) - STREAMS
site id: Wxxpqq- 9SH9 DATE:,0.7 lo i 7,2 o o o
HABITAT
PARAMETER
OPTIMAL
SUB-OPTIMAL
MARGINAL
POOR
7. Channel
Sinuosity
The bends in the stream
increase the stream length 3 to
4 times longer than if it was in
a straight line. (Note- channel
braiding is considered normal
in coastal plains and other
low-lying areas. This
parameter is not easily rated in
these areas.)
The bends in the stream
increase the stream length 2 to
3 times longer than if it was in a
straight line.
The bends in the stream
increase the stream
length 1 to 2 times longer
than if it was in a straight
line.
Channel straight; waterway
has been channelized for a
long distance.
Score:
13
20 19 18 17 16
15 14 (J3) 12 11
10 9 8 7 6
5 4 3 2 1 0
8. Bank Stability
(score each bank)
NOTE:' Determine left or right
. side by facing downstream.
Banks stable; evidence of
erosion or bank failure absent
or minimal; little potential for
future problems. Less than 5%
of bank affected.
Moderately stable; infrequent,
small areas of erosion mostly
healed over. 5-30% of bank in
reach has areas of erosion.
Moderately unstable;
30-60% of bank in reach
has areas of erosion;
high erosion potential
during floods.
Unstable; many eroded
areas; "raw" areas frequent
along straight sections and
bends; obvious bank
sloughing; 60-100% of bank
has erosional scars.
Left Bank Score:
q
Left Bank: 10 @
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
io
Right Bank: /Jo) 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
9. Vegetative
Protection
(score each bank)
More than 90% of the
streambank surfaces and
immediate riparian zone
covered by native vegetation,
including trees, understory
shrubs, or nonwoody
macrophytes; vegetative
disruption through grazing or
mowing minimal or not
evident; almost all plants
allowed to grow naturally.
70-90% if the streambank
surfaces covered by native
vegetation; but one class of
plants is not well represented;
disruption evident but not
affecting full plant growth
potential to any great extent;
more than one-half of the
potential plant stubble height
remaining.
50-70% of the streambank
surfaces covered by
vegetation; disruptions
obvious; patches of bare
soil or closely cropped
vegetation common; less
than one-half of the
potential plant stubble
height remaining.
Less than 50% of the
streambank surfaces
covered by vegetation;
disruption of streambank
vegetation is very high;
vegetation has been
removed to 5 centimeters or
less in average stubble
height.
Left Bank Score:
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 (4) 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
(o
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 ©
5 4 3
2 1 0
10. Riparian Vegetation
Zone Width
(score each, bank)
Width of riparian zone greater
than 18 meters; human
activities (i.e., parking lots,
roadbeds, clear-cuts, lawns, or
crops) have not impacted the
zone.
Width of riparian zone 12-18
meters; human activities have
impacted zone only minimally.
Width of riparian zone
6-12 meters; human
activities have impacted
zone a great deal.
Width of riparian zone less
than 6 meters; little or no
riparian vegetation due to
human activities.
Left Bank Score:
5
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
©43
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
n
Right Bank: 10 9
8 (?) 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
03/31/2000 Glide Pool
EE
Figure 9-2. Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for pool/glide prevalent streams (page 2).
129
-------
TABLE 9-3. PROCEDURE FOR CONDUCTING THE FINAL VISUAL ASSESSMENT
OF A STREAM
1. After all other sampling and measurement activities are completed, fill out the header section of
an Assessment Form. Use your perceptions obtained during the course of the day, while at the
stream or driving/walking through the catchment to complete the remainder of the form.
Consider only things at or upstream of the site.
2. Watershed Activities and Disturbances Observed: Rate each type of activity or disturbance
listed on the form as either "Not observed", "Low", "Medium", or "High", and record the rating on
the Assessment Form. Keep in mind that ratings will be somewhat subjective and that an
extensive effort to quantify the presence and intensity of each type of stressor is not required.
General categories of activities and types of disturbance are described below:
Residential: The presence of any of the listed disturbances adjacent to or near the stream.
Recreational: The presence of organized public or private parks, campgrounds, beaches
or other recreation areas around the stream. If there are signs of informal areas of
camping, swimming or boating around the stream (e.g., swimming hole), record them as
"primitive" parks, camping.
Agriculture: The presence of cropland, pasture, range, orchards, poultry, and/or livestock.
Also note any evidence of water withdrawals for agriculture.
Industrial: Any industrial activity (e.g., canning, chemical, pulp), commercial activity (stores,
businesses) or logging/mining activities around the stream or in the catchment. Describe
in more detail in the comments section.
Management: Any evidence of water treatment, dredging or channelization, flow control
structures, fish stocking, dams or other management activities.
Any oddities, or further elaboration should be recorded in the Comments section.
3. Site Characteristics: (based on a circle with a 200 m radius around the site)
Water Body Character: Assign a rating of 1 (highly disturbed) to 5 (pristine) based on
your general impression of the intensity of impact from human disturbance. Place an "X" in
the box next to the assigned rating on the Assessment Form. Assign a rating to the
stream based on overall aesthetic quality, based on your opinion of how suitable the
stream water is for recreation and aesthetic enjoyment the day of sampling. Place and "X"
in the box next to the assigned rating on the Assessment Form.
5. Beautiful, could not be any nicer.
4. Very minor aesthetic problems; excellent for swimming, boating, enjoyment.
3. Enjoyment impaired.
2. Level of enjoyment substantially reduced.
1. Enjoyment nearly impossible.
(continued)
130
-------
TABLE 9-3 (Continued)
Beaver: If you noticed any signs of beaver presence in or near the stream (chewed sticks,
trees, dams, lodges) rate the beaver presence as either rare or common. If no beaver
signs were present, mark the absent box. Also rate the amount of flow modification
caused by any beaver activity as none, minor, or major.
Dominant Land Use: Make one estimate of the dominant land use in the circle around the
site. Pick just one land use from among Forest, Agriculture, Range, Urban,
Suburban/Town. If there are other major land uses, make note of them in the General
Assessment section of the form. If forest is the dominant land use, make a guess as to the
dominant age class of the forest (0-25, 25-75, or > 75 years).
3. Weather: Record a very brief description of the weather conditions during stream sampling
(e.g., sunny, fair, partly cloudy, overcast, light rain, unseasonably warm, cold, or hot, etc.). Any
unusual weather right before sampling (e.g., heavy rain, 6 inches of snow) is also worth noting
here.
4. General Assessment: Record comments on wildlife observed, perceived diversity of
terrestrial/riparian vegetation, or overall biotic integrity on the Assessment Form. Record any
information regarding the past or present characteristics or condition of the stream provided by
local residents here as well.
9.2 VISUAL STREAM ASSESSMENT
The assessment form is designed as a template for recording pertinent field
observations. It is by no means comprehensive and any additional observations should be
recorded in the General Assessment section of the form. Complete the assessment form
after all other sampling and measurement activities have been completed. Consider only
things at or upstream of the sample site (things that may impact the sample reach). Take
into account all observations the sampling team has made while at the site. The
assessment includes the following components: watershed activities and observed
disturbances, site characteristics, weather during sampling, and a general assessment. The
procedure for conducting the visual assessment of the sampling reach is presented in Table
9-3. Record data and observations for each component of the assessment on the
Assessment Form as shown in Figure 9-3.
Each watershed activity or disturbance is rated into one of four categories of
abundance or influence: not observed, low, medium, or high. Leave the line blank for any
activity or disturbance type not observed. The distinction between low, medium, and high
will be subjective. For example, if there are 2-3 houses away from the stream, the rating for
"Houses" may be low. If the stream is in a suburban housing development, rate it as high.
Similarly, a small patch of clear cut logging on a hill overlooking the stream would be rated
as low. Logging activity right on the stream shore, however, would be rated as high.
When assessing site characteristics, imagine a circle with a 200 m radius around the
sample site (400 m diameter). Consider the land use and other activities within this circle.
Water body character is defined as "the physical habitat condition of the water body, largely
a function of riparian and littoral habitat structure, volume change, trash, turbidity, slicks,
131
-------
scums, color, and odor." Water body character is assessed using two attributes, the degree
of human development, and aesthetics. Rate each of these attributes on a scale of 1 to 5.
For development, give the stream a "5" rating if it is pristine, with no signs of any human
development. A rating of "1" indicates a stream which is totally developed (e.g., the entire
stream is lined with houses, or the riparian zone has been removed). For aesthetics, base
your decision on any factor about the stream that bothers you (e.g., trash, algal growth,
weed abundance, overcrowding). Also, rate the presence/absence of beaver activity and
the dominant land use within this circle according to the classes listed on the form
The weather and general assessment component includes any observations that will
help in data interpretation in the pertinent section. The weather component is a place to
record a brief description of the weather during sampling or just before sampling. General
assessment comments can include comments on wildlife observed, diversity of
terrestrial/riparian vegetation, overall biotic integrity, or any other observation. Comments
from locals about current or past conditions are often useful and should be recorded in this
section as well. The back side of the form (Figure 9-3) is available for additional general
comments.
9.3 EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Figure 9-4 is a checklist of the supplies required to complete the visual stream
assessment. This checklist may differ from the checklists presented in Appendix A, which
are used at a base site to ensure that all equipment and supplies are brought to and are
available at the stream site. Field teams are required to use the checklist presented in this
section to ensure that equipment and supplies are organized and available to conduct the
protocols efficiently.
132
-------
STREAM ASSESSMENT FORM - STREAMS/RIVERS Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID: wxxPtt-Tm
DATE:.g. 7.1.o.l ./. 2.0.0.1
WATERSHED ACTIVITIES AND DISTURBANCES OBSERVED (Intensity: Blank=Not observed, L=Low, M=Moderate, H=Heavy)
Residential
Recreational
Agricultural
Industrial
Stream Management
M
L M
L M
L M
CD M
L M
L M
H Residences
H Maintained Lawns
H Construction
H Pipes, Drains
H Dumping
H Roads
H Bridge/Culverts
H Sewage Treatment
L M H Hiking Trails
L M H Parks, Campgrounds
L M H Primitive Parks, Camping
L M H Trash/Litter
L M H Surface Films
L M H Cropland
L M © Pasture
L H Livestock Use
L M H Orchards
L M H Poultry
L M H Irrigation Equip.
L M H Water Withdrawal
M
H
Industrial Plants
L
M
H
Liming
M
H
Mines/Quarries
L
M
H
Chemical Treatment
M
H
Oil/Gas Wells
L
M
H
Angling Pressure
M
H
Power Plants
L
M
H
Dredging
M
H
Logging
L
M
H
Channelization
M
H
Evidence of Fire
L
M
H
Water Level Fluctuations
M
H
Odors
L
M
H
Fish Stocking
M
H
Commercial
L
M
H
Dams
SITE CHARACTERISTICS (200 m radius)
Waterbody
Character
Pristine
Appealing
~ 5
~ 5
~ 4
~ 4
~ 3
B3
Q9 2
~ 2
~ 1
~ 1
Highly Disturbed
Unappealing
Beaver
Beaver Signs: Q3 Absent ~ Rare ~ Common
Beaver Flow Modifications: gS None ~ Minor ~ Major
Dominant
Land Use
Dominant Land Use r—i
Around 'X' ~ Fores'
If Forest, Dominant Age . __
Class ~ 0 - 25 yrs.
~ Agriculture
C 25 - 75 yrs. ~ > 75 yrs.
• ~ Urban
~ Suburban/Town
WEATHER
C kfAR toiTH Ut-HT XA/*/ ,u THF Pit vie XH HoUht. A IK TlfMP
A** AT tt flm.
GENERAL ASSESSMENT (Biotic integrity, Vegetation diversity, Local anecdotal information)
Ripahiaaj TtieFt Ate CtAts ? 2r-7r y i>va AA*6-tr flop* trvtrtsr.
Afo Ste-tis of BitDi a* tu/t-btiFir oosetvtrt, bu/tft/f- Vlstr.
39447
03/26/2001 2001 Stream Assessment
Figure 9-3. Stream Assessment Form (continued).
133
-------
STREAM ASSESSMENT FORM - STREAM/RIVERS (cont.) I
SITE ID: u/xx 7T7- TTfn PATE: .0 .7 Jo, I ,/, 2 , 0 , 0 ,1 ,
GENERAL ASSESSMENT (continued) _
03/26/2001 2001 Stream Assessment
Figure 9-3. Stream Assessment Form (page 2).
134
-------
EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES FOR RAPID HABITAT AND VISUAL STREAM ASSESSMENTS
QTY.
Item
1
Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for Riffle/run prevalent streams
1
Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for Pool/glide prevalent streams
1
Assessment Form for visual stream assessment
6
Soft (#2) lead pencils
1
Covered clipboard or forms holder
1 copy
Field operations and methods manual
1 set
Procedure tables and/or quick reference guides for rapid habitat and visual
assessments (laminated or printed on write-in-the-rain paper)
Figure 9-4. Checklist of equipment and supplies required for rapid habitat and visual stream
assessments.
135
-------
NOTES
136
-------
-------
10.0 FINAL SITE ACTIVITIES
Before leaving a stream site, the team leader reviews all of the data forms and
sample labels for accuracy, completeness, and legibility. A second team member inspects
all sample containers and packages them in preparation for transport, storage, or shipment.
Refer to Section 3 for details on preparing and shipping samples.
When reviewing field data forms, ensure that all required data forms for the stream
have been completed. Confirm that the stream identification code, the year, the visit
number, and the date of the visit are correct on all forms. On each form, verify that all
information has been recorded accurately, the recorded information is legible, and any flags
are explained in the comments section. Ensure that written comments are legible and use
no "shorthand" or abbreviations. Make sure the header information is completed on all
pages of each form. After reviewing each form, initial the upper right corner of each page of
the form.
When inspecting samples, ensure that each sample is labeled, all labels are
completely filled in and legible, and each label is covered with clear plastic tape. Compare
sample label information with the information recorded on the corresponding field data forms
(e.g., the Sample Collection Form) to ensure accuracy.
The other team members should return all of the equipment and supplies to the
vehicle for transport and clean up the stream site. Pack all equipment and supplies in the
vehicle for transport. Keep them organized so they can be inventoried using the equipment
and supply checklists presented in Appendix A. Clean up and dispose of all waste material
at the stream site. Transport it out of the area if necessary.
137
-------
11.0 LITERATURE CITED
American Red Cross. 1979. Standard First Aid and Personal Safety. American National Red
Cross. 269 pp.
Bain, M.B., J.T. Finn, and H.E. Booke. 1985. Quantifying stream substrate for habitat analysis
studies. North American Journal of Fisheries Management 5:499-500.
Barbour, M.T., J. Gerritsen, B.D. Snyder, and J.B. Stribling. 1999. Rapid Bioassessment
Protocols for Use in Streams and Wadeable Rivers: Periphyton, Benthic
Macroinvertebrates, and Fish. Second Edition. EPA/841-B-99-002. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Assessment and Watershed Protection Division,
Washington, D.C.
Barbour, M.T., J. Gerritsen, G.E. Griffith, R. Frydenborg, E. McCarron, J.S. White, and M.L.
Bastian. 1996. A framework for biological criteria for Florida streams using benthic
macroinvertebrates. Journal of the North American Benthological Society
15(2): 185-211.
Barbour, M.T., J.B. Stribling, and J.R. Karr. 1995. The multimetric approach for establishing
biocriteria and measuring biological condition, pp. 69-80 IN: W.S. Davis and T.P. Simon
(eds.) Biological Assessment and Criteria: Tools for Water Resource Planning and
Decision-making. Lewis Publishers, Chelsea, Michigan.
Berry, C.R. Jr., W.T. Helm, and J. M. Neuhold. 1983. Safety in fishery field work. pp. 43-60
IN: Nielsen, L.A., and D. L. Johnson (eds.). Fisheries Techniques. American Fisheries
Society, Bethesda, MD.
Bisson, P.A., J.L. Neilsen, R.A. Palmason, and L.E. Grove. 1982. A system of naming habitat
types in small streams, with examples of habitat utilizations by salmonids during low
stream flow. pp. 62-73 IN: N.B. Armantrout (ed.). Acquisition and Utilization of Aquatic
Habitat Inventory Information. Symposium Proceedings, October 18-30, 1981, Portland,
Oregon. The Hague Publishing, Billings, Montana.
Chaloud, D. J., and D. V. Peck (eds.). 1994 Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
Program: Integrated Quality Assurance Project Plan for the Surface Waters Resource
Group. EPA 600/X-91/080. Revision 2.00. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Las
Vegas, Nevada.
Dietrich, W.E., J.W. Kirchner, H. Ikeda, and F. Iseya. 1989. Sediment supply and the
development of the coarse surface layer in gravel bed rivers. Nature 340:215-217.
Fore, L.S., J.R. Karr, and R.W. Wsseman. 1996. Assessing invertebrate responses to human
activities, evaluating alternative approaches. Journal of the North American
Benthological Society 15:212-231.
Frissell, C.A., W.J. Liss, C.E. Warren, and M.D. Hurley. 1986. A hierarchical framework for
stream habitat classification: viewing streams in a watershed context. Environmental
Management 10(2):199-214.
148
-------
Gordon, N.D., T.A. McMahon, and B.L. Finlayson. 1992. Stream hydrology: an introduction for
ecologists. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., West Sussex, England.
Herlihy, A.T. 1998. Initial site procedures, pp. 45-56 IN: J.M. Lazorchak, D.J. Klemm, and
D.V. Peck (Eds.). Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program-Surface Waters:
Field Operations and Methods for Measuring the Ecological Condition of Wadeable
Streams. EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
D.C.
Herlihy, A.T. 1998. Water chemistry, pp. 57-65 IN: J.M. Lazorchak, D.J. Klemm, and D.V.
Peck (Eds.). Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program-Surface Waters: Field
Operations and Methods for Measuring the Ecological Condition of Wadeable Streams.
EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Herlihy, A.T., J.L. Stoddard, and C.B. Johnson. 1998. The relationship between stream
chemistry and watershed land use data in the mid-Atlantic region, US. Water Air and
Soil Pollution 105:377-386.
Hughes, R.M. (ed.). 1993. Stream Indicator and Design Workshop. EPA/600/R-93/138. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, Oregon.
Kaufmann, P., A. Herlihy, J. Elwood, M. Mitch, S. Overton, M. Sale, J. Messer, K. Reckhow, K.
Cougan, D. Peck, J. Coe, A. Kinney, S. Christie, D. Brown, C. Hagley, and Y. Jager.
1988. Chemical Characteristics of Streams in the Mid-Atlantic and Southeastern United
States. Volume I: Population Descriptions and Physico-Chemical Relationships. EPA
600/3-88/021 a. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Kaufmann, P.R. 1998. Stream Discharge, pp. 67-76 IN: J.M. Lazorchak, D.J. Klemm, and
D.V. Peck (Eds.). Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program-Surface Waters:
Field Operations and Methods for Measuring the Ecological Condition of Wadeable
Streams. EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
D.C.
Kaufmann, P.R. (ed.). 1993. Physical Habitat, pp. 59-69 IN: R.M. Hughes (ed.). Stream
Indicator and Design Workshop. EPA/600/R-93/138. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Corvallis, Oregon.
Kaufmann, P.R. and E.G. Robison. 1998. Physical Habitat Assessment, pp 77-118 In:
Lazorchak, J.L., Klemm, D.J., and D.V. Peck (editors)., Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program - Surface Waters: Field Operations and Methods for Measuring
the Ecological Condition of Wadeable Streams. EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington D.C.
Kaufmann, P.R., P. Levine, E.G. Robison, C. Seeliger, and D.V. Peck (1999). Quantifying
Physical Habitat in Wadeable Streams. EPA 620/R-99/003. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C. 102p + App.
Kerans, B.L., and J.R. Karr. 1994. A benthic index of biotic integrity (B-IBI) for rivers of the
Tennessee Valley. Ecological Applications 4:768-785.
149
-------
Klemm, D.J., B.H. Hill, F.H. McCormick, and M.K. McDowell. 1998. Base location activities, pp.
27-44 IN: J.M. Lazorchak, D.J. Klemm, and D.V. Peck (Eds.). Environmental Monitoring
and Assessment Program-Surface Waters: Field Operations and Methods for Measuring
the Ecological Condition of Wadeable Streams. EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Klemm, D.J., J.M. Lazorchak, and P.A. Lewis. 1998. Benthic Macroinvertebrates. pp. 147-182
IN: J.M. Lazorchak, D.J. Klemm, and D.V. Peck (Eds.). Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program-Surface Waters: Field Operations and Methods for Measuring the
Ecological Condition of Wadeable Streams. EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Klemm, D.J., P.A. Lewis, F. Fulk, and J.M. Lazorchak. 1990. Macroinvertebrate Field and
Laboratory Methods for Evaluating the Biological Integrity of Surface Waters.
EPA/600/4-90/030. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental Monitoring
Systems Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.
Lazorchak, J.M., A.T. Herlihy, and J. Green. 1998. Rapid Habitat and Visual Stream
Assessments, pp. 193-209 IN: J.M. Lazorchak, D.J. Klemm, and D.V. Peck (Eds.).
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program-Surface Waters: Field Operations
and Methods for Measuring the Ecological Condition of Wadeable Streams.
EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Lazorchak, J.M., Klemm, D.J. , and D.V. Peck (editors). 1998. Environmental Monitoring and
Assessment Program -Surface Waters: Field Operations and Methods for Measuring
the Ecological Condition of Wadeable Streams. EPA/620/R-94/004F. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Lemmon, P.E. 1957. A new instrument for measuring forest overstory density. Journal of
Forestry 55(9):667-669.
Linsley, R.K., M.A. Kohler, and J.L.H. Paulhus. 1982. Hydrology for Engineers. McGraw-Hill
Book Co. New York.
Moore, K.M., K.K. Jones, and J.M. Dambacher. 1993. Methods for stream habitat surveys:
Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife, Aquatic Inventory Project. Version 3.1. Oregon
Department of Fish and Wildlife, Corvallis, OR 34 pp.
Mulvey, M., L. Caton, and R. Hafele. 1992. Oregon Nonpoint Source Monitoring Protocols
Stream Bioassessment Field Manual for Macroinvertebrates and Habitat Assessment.
Oregon Department of Environmental Quality, Laboratory Biomonitoring Section. 1712
S.W. 11th Ave. Portland, Oregon, 97201. 40 p.
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. 1981. Occupational Health Guidelines
for Chemical Hazards (Two Volumes). NIOSH/OSHA Publication No. 81-123. U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Norris, R.H. 1995. Biological monitoring: the dilemma of data analysis. Journal of the North
American Benthological Society 14:440-450.
150
-------
Ohio EPA. 1990. Ohio EPA Fish Evaluation Group Safety Manual. Ohio Environmental
Protection Agency, Ecological Assessment Section, Division of Water Quality Planning
and Assessment, Columbus, Ohio.
Peck, D.V., J.M. Lazorchak, and D.J. Klemm (editors). 2003 Unpublished draft. Environmental
Monitoring and Assessment Program-Surface Waters: Western Pilot Study Field
Operations Manual for Wadeable Streams. EPA/xxx/x-xx/xxxx. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Plafkin, J.L., M.T. Barbour, K.D. Porter, S.K. Gross, and R.M. Hughes. 1989. Rapid
Bioassessment Protocols for Use in Streams and Rivers: Benthic Macroinvertebrates
and Fish. EPA/440/4-89/001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Assessment and
Watershed Protection Division, Washington, D.C.
Platts, W.S., W.F. Megahan, and G.W. Minshall. 1983. Methods for Evaluating Stream,
Riparian, and Biotic Conditions. USDA Forest Service General Technical Report
INT-183. 71 p.
Rantz, S.E. and others. 1982. Measurement and Computation of Streamflow: Volume 1.
Measurement of Stage and Discharge. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper
2175.
Robison, E.G. and P.R. Kaufmann. 1994. Evaluating two objective techniques to define pools
in small streams, pp. 659-668, IN: R.A. Marston and V.A. Hasfurther (eds.). Effects of
Human Induced Changes on Hydrologic Systems. Summer Symposium proceedings,
American Water Resources Association,. June 26-29, 1994, Jackson Hole, Wyoming.
1182 p.
Robison, E.G. and R.L. Beschta. 1990. Characteristics of coarse woody debris for several
coastal streams of southeast Alaska, USA. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic
Sciences 47(9): 1684-1693.
Smoot, G. F., and C. E. Novak. 1968. Calibration and Maintenance of Vertical-axis Type
Current Meters. Book 8, Chapter B2 IN: Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations
of the United States Geological Survey. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.
Stack, B.R. 1989. Factors Influencing Pool Morphology in Oregon Coastal Streams. M.S.
Thesis, Oregon State University. 109 p.
Stanley, T.W., and S.S. Verner. 1986. The U.S. Environmental Protections Agency's quality
assurance program, pp. 12-19 IN: J.K. Taylor and T.W. Stanley (eds.). Quality
Assurance for Environmental Measurements. ASTM STP 867, American Society for
Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
U.S. Coast Guard. 1987. Federal Requirements for Recreational Boats. U.S. Department of
Transportation, United States Coast Guard, Washington, D.C.
151
-------
U.S. EPA. 1998. Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program (EMAP): Research Plan
1997. EPA/620/R-98/002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
U.S. EPA. 2000. Ecological Assessment of Streams and Rivers in the Western United States:
A Cooperative Effort Between the U.S. EPA and Western States and Tribal Nations.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, Oregon.
U.S. EPA. 1989. Handbook of Methods for Acid Deposition Studies: Field Operations for
Surface Water Chemistry. EPA 600/4-89/020. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Research and Development, Washington, D.C.
U.S. EPA. 1986. Occupational Health and Safety Manual. Office of Planning and Management,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.
Wilcock, P.R. 1988. Two-fraction model of initial sediment motion in gravel-bed rivers.
Science 280:410-412.
Wolman, M.G. 1954. A method of sampling coarse river-bed material. Transactions of the
American Geophysical Union 35(6):951-956.
Wright, J.F. 1995. Development and use of a system for predicting the macroinvertebrate fauna
in flowing waters. Australian Journal of Ecology 20:181-197.
152
-------
APPENDIX A: EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY
CHECKLISTS
-------
APPENDIX A
EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLY CHECKLISTS
FIELD DATA FORMS AND SAMPLE LABELS A-2
OFFICE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS A-3
PERSONAL EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES A-4
CHEMICALS A-5
PACKING AND SHIPPING SUPPLIES A-5
SITE VERIFICATION AND SAMPLING REACH LAYOUT A-6
WATER CHEMISTRY A-6
STREAM DISCHARGE A-7
PHYSICAL HABITAT A-7
PERIPHYTON A-8
BENTHIC MACROINVERTEBRATES A-9
AQUATIC VERTEBRATES AND FISH TISSUE CONTAMINANTS A-10
A-1
-------
Field Data Forms and Sample Labels
Number
per site
Item
1
Verification Form
1
Sample Collection Form and Stream Discharge Form
11 + extras
Channel/Riparian Cross-section and Thalweg Profile Forms
1
Slope and Bearing Form
1
Legacy Tree/ Invasive Plant Form
1
Channel Constraint and Field Measurement Form and Torrent Evidence
Assessment Form
2-3
Vertebrate Collection Form
1
Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for Riffle/run prevalent streams (optional)
1
Rapid Habitat Assessment Form for Pool/glide prevalent streams (optional)
1
Assessment Form for visual stream assessment
4 + extras
Sample Tracking Form
3
Water chemistry labels (same ID number)
3t
Periphyton labels (same ID number)
1
Reachwide Benthic sample labels, with preprinted ID numbers
1
Targeted Riffle Benthic sample labels with preprinted ID numbers
1 sheet
Benthic labels for extra containers (no preprinted ID number)
1 sheet
Blank benthic sample labels on waterproof paper for inside of jars
1 sheet
Pre-printed aquatic vertebrate jar labels (4) and voucher bag tags (36), all with
same preprinted sample ID number
1 sheet
Fish tissue sample labels (up to 16 different sample ID number)
2 copies
Field operations and methods manual
2 sets
Laminated sheets of procedure tables and/or quick reference guides
A-2
-------
Office Supplies and Tools
Number
per site
Item
1
Dossier of access information for scheduled stream site
1
Topographic map with "X-site" marked
1
Site information sheet with map coordinates and elevation of X-site
1
Sampling itinerary form or notebook
1
Safety log and/or personal safety information for each team member
Covered clipboards or forms holders
1
Field notebook (optional)
12
Soft (#2) lead pencils
Fine-tip indelible markers
1 roll
Duct tape
1 pr
Scissors for cutting labels
1
Pocket knife or multipurpose tool
1
Battery charger (if needed for electrofishing unit)
1
Toolbox with basic tools needed to maintain/repair sampling gear
Clear tape and covering labels
Binder clips for keeping forms together
A-3
-------
Personal Equipment and Supplies
Number
per site
Item
1 pair per
person
Chest waders with felt-soled boots for safety and speed if waders are the
neoprene "stocking" type. Hip waders can be used in shallower streams
(except for electrofishing).
1 per person
Life vests
3 pair
Polarized sunglasses
1
First aid kit
1 per person
Rain gear
1 or 2
Fisherman's vest for physical habitat characterization equipment.
1 per person
Safety Whistles
1 pr. per
person
Earplugs (if gas-powered generators are used)
1 per person
Day packs, backs, fanny packs, and/or dry bags for personal gear
1 ea.
Insect repellent, sunscreen, Tec-nu (for poison oak), hand sanitizer, water
purifier unit
1
Patch kit for waders
Chemicals
Number
per site
Item
1
Cooler (with suitable absorbent material) for transporting ethanol and samples
2 gal
95% ethanol
1 gal
Sparquat®disinfectant
A-4
-------
Packing and Shipping Supplies
Number
per site
Item
Ice (also dry ice if it is used to ship frozen samples) or ice substitute packs
1 box
1 -gal heavy-duty self-sealing (e.g., with a zipper-type closure) plastic bags
1-box
30-gal plastic garbage bags for lining shipping containers
1 roll
Clear tape for sealing shipping containers
2pkg.
Clear tape strips for covering labels
4 rolls
Plastic electrical tape
3
Insulated shipping containers for samples
2
Containers and absorbent material (e.g. vermiculite) suitable to transport and/or
ship samples preserved in formalin or ethanol
6
Shipping airbills and adhesive plastic sleeves
1 box
2 gal. heavy duty plastic bags
Site Verification and Sampling Reach Layout
Number
per site
Item
1
GPS receiver and operating manual
Extra batteries for GPS receiver
1
Surveyor's telescoping leveling rod (round profile, metric scale, 7.5 m extended)
1
50-m fiberglass measuring tape with reel
2 rolls
Surveyor's flagging tape (2 colors)
1
Waterproof camera and film (or digital camera)
A-5
-------
Water Chemistry
Number
per site
Item
1
Field thermometer
1
500 ml_ plastic beaker with handle (in clean plastic bag)
1
4-L cubitainer
60 mL plastic syringes
1
1/2 gal. size plastic container with snap-on lid to hold filled syringes
Syringe valves
1
Dissolved oxygen/Conductivity/Temperature meter with probe and operating
manual (optional)
1
DO repair kit with additional membranes and probe filling solution (optional)
1
Conductivity meter, probe, and operating manual (if not integrated with DO/Temp
meter (optional)
Extra batteries for dissolved oxygen and conductivity meters (optional)
1
500-mL plastic bottle of conductivity QCCS labeled "Rinse" (in plastic bag)
(optional)
1
500-mL plastic bottle of conductivity QCCS labeled "Test" (in plastic bag) (optional)
1
500-mL plastic bottle of deionized water to store conductivity probe (optional)
Stream Discharge
Number
per site
Item
1
Current velocity meter and probe, with operating manual (e.g. Marsh-McBirney
Model 201, Swoffer Model 2100, or equivalent)
1
Top-set wading rod (metric scale) for use with current velocity meter
1
Portable Weir with 60° "V" notch (optional)
1
Plastic sheeting to use with weir (optional)
1
Plastic bucket (or similar container) with volume graduations
1
Stopwatch
1
Neutrally buoyant object (e.g., orange, small rubber ball, stick, bobber)
A-6
-------
B I LJ
Physical Habitat
Number
per site
Item
1
Fisherman's vest with lots of pockets and snap fittings.
1
50-m tape measure
1
Clinometer with percent and degree scales.
1
Lightweight telescoping camera tripod, (necessary only if slope measurements
are being determined by only one person)
1
1/2-inch diameter PVC pipe, 2-3 m long, each marked at the same height (for use
in slope determinations involving two persons)
1
Spherical convex canopy densiometer, modified with taped "V"
1
Bearing compass (Backpacking type)
1
Meter stick. Alternatively, a short (1-2 rod or pole (e.g., a ski pole) with cm
m)markings for thalweg
measurements
1
Surveyors rod (optional)
Benthic Macroinvertebrates
Number
per site
Item
1
D-Frame kick net (500 |jm mesh) and 4-ft handle with cod piece
Spare net(s) for the kick net sampler or extra sampler
1
Bucket, plastic, 8- to 10-qt capacity
1
Sieve, U.S. Std. No. 35 (500 |jm mesh), or Sieve bucket with 500-|jm mesh
openings
2 pr. ea.
Watchmakers' and curved tip forceps
1
Small spatula, spoon, or scoop to transfer sample
1
Funnel, with large bore spout
4 to 6 ea.
Sample jars, HDPE plastic with leakproof screw caps, 500-mL and 1-L capacity,
suitable for use with ethanol
1 pkg.
Kim wipes in small self-sealing plastic bag
gloves
A-7
-------
APPENDIX B: FIELD FORMS AND DATA
SHEETS
-------
FIELD SAMPLE SHIPMENT PACKING/TRACKING FORM
O Wadeable O Boatable O Other = Fax Verification Form Date Vlslted- J / 2 0 0 3
Check all that apply: I—I Willamette Research Station Site Name: (Write Unknown if unknown)
~ Poison Depot
~ Other
Visit Number
1 ~ 2D 3D
(Person calling in or
Airbill Number: Contact: faxing tracking info.)
Date Sent:
• i i
1 i
i i i
f 2 0 0 3
Site ID
Sample ID
# Of Comments
S3mplG Typ6 Jars Fishl (Fish tissue species and other comments here.)
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
Fish (Tissue)
Bent - Reachwide
Bent - Targeted Riffle
Vert (Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
Fish
O Bent
O Bent
Q Vert
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
(Tissue)
- Reachwide
- Targeted Riffle
(Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
Fish
Bent
Bent
Vert
(Tissue)
- Reachwide
- Targeted Riffle
(Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
S" Fish
Bent
O Bent
Q Vert
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
o Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
S" Fish
Bent
O Bent
Q Vert
(Tissue)
- Reachwide
- Targeted Riffle
(Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
(Tissue)
- Reachwide
- Targeted Riffle
(Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
o Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
o Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
Fish
Bent
Bent
Vert
(Tissue)
- Reachwide
- Targeted Riffle
(Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
Fish
Bent
Bent
Vert
(Tissue)
- Reachwide
- Targeted Riffle
(Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Chem
Peri - BIO, CHLA, ID
Peri - Plankton Tow
Peri - STAR
i (Tissue)
t - Reachwide
t - Targeted Riffle
: (Vouchers)
O Big
O Smal
Lab Contact: Richard Kovar (541)754-4735
Ph) (541)754-GOOD (4663) OR
Fax) (541)754-4338 ATTN: Marlys Cappaert
1) Name/Contact, Time of call, Site Name, Site ID and number,
Collected date, Sent date, Visit number, Airbill number.
2) Site status from stream verification form ie: Wadeable,
Boatable...
3) Information for both unpreserved samples as well as
preserved samples, sent or not.
03/03/2003 2003 Tracking
For office use only
Initials: status: O
Sample:0
Date Entered:
/. . ./.
I I I I I I L
For Lab use only
Date Received:
Lab: Fax this sheet to
541-754-4338 Attn
Marlys Cappaert
SAMPLE TYPES
BENT = Benthos
CHEM = Water Chemistry
FISH = Fish Tissue
PERI = Periphyton
VERT = Fish Museum
Box is for # of Jars
Reachwide and
Targeted Riffle.
~
CONDITION CODES
B = Broken Syringe Tip
C = Cracked Jar
F = Frozen
L = Leaking
ML = Missing Label
NP = Not Preserved
OK = Seems Fine
T = Thawed but still Cold
W = Warm
63654
-------
-------
Reviewed by (initial):
STREAM VERIFICATION FORM - STREAMS/RIVERS
SITE NAME: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3 VISIT: 0 12 3
I I I I I I I I I I t
Site |D: Don't forget to record Reach Length on back. TEAM:
STREAM/RIVER VERIFICATION INFORMATION
Stream/River Verified by (X all that apply): ~ GPS ~ Local Contact ~ Signs ~ Roads ~ Topo. Map
~ Other (Describe Here): ~ Not Verified (Explain in Comments)
Coordinates
Latitude North
Longitude West
Type of
GPS Fix
Are GPS Coordinates
w/i 10 Sec. of map?
Degrees, Minutes,
and Seconds
MAP 0R
Decimal Degrees
~ 2D
~ 3D
~ Yes
~ No
1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Degrees, Minutes,
and Seconds
GPS
OR
Decimal Degrees
DID YOU SAMPLE THIS SITE?
I I YES If YES, check one below
NO If NO, check one below
SAMPLEABLE (Choose method used)
G Wadeable - Continuous water, greater than 50% wadeable
~ Boatable
~ Partial - Sampled by wading (Explain in comments)
G Partial - Sampled by boat (Explain in comments)
G Wadeable Interrupted - Not continuous water along reach
G Boatable Interrupted - Not continuous water along reach
G Altered - Stream/River Present but not as on Map
NON-SAM PLEABLE-PERMANENT
G Dry - Visited
G Dry - Not visited
G Wetland (No Definable Channel)
G Map Error - No evidence channel/waterbody ever present
G Impounded (Underneath Lake or Pond)
G Other (explain in comments)
N O N -S A M P L E A B LE-TEM PORARY
G Not boatable - Need a different crew
G Not wadeable - Need a different crew
G Other (Explain in comments)
NO ACCESS
G Access Permission Denied
G Permanently Inaccessible (Unable/Unsafe to Reach Site)
G Temporarily Inaccessible-Fire, etc. (Explain in comments)
GENERAL COMMENTS:
DIRECTIONS TO STREAM/RIVER SITE:
Record information used to define length of reach, and sketch general features of reach on reverse side.
04/03/2002 2002 Stream Verification
56029
-------
STREAM VERIFICATION FORM - STREAMS/RIVERS (cont.)
Reviewed by
(initial):
SITE NAME:
DATE:
i 1 1
/ / 2 0 0 3
i i i i i i i i
VISIT: 0 12 3
SITE ID:
TEAM:
STREAM/RIVER REACH DETERMINATION
DETERMINATION
Total Reach
Channel Width
Used to Define
Reach(m)
DISTANCE (m) FROM X-SITE
U pstream
Length
Downstream
Length
Length Intended
(m)
Comment
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L
SKETCH MAP - Arrow Indicates North
PERSONNEL
NAME
Biomorph
~
DUTIES
Geomorph
~
Forms
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
56029
04/03/2002 2002 Stream Verification
-------
PHab: CHANNEL/RIPARIAN CROSS-SECTION FORM - STREAMS Reviewed by (initials):
SITE ID: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3 TRANSECT-D A DB DC DD DE DF X-tra Side Channel
¦—¦——¦—• —¦—¦—¦—¦ 1 ™",ol=v'1 ¦ n G dh ~! DJ DK ~
SUBSTRATE CROSS-SECTIONAL INFORMATION
Dist LB
XX.XX m
Depth
XXX cm
Size Class
Code
Embed.
0-100%
Left
LCtr
Ctr
RCtr
Right
Flag
SUBSTRATE SIZE CLASS CODES
Embed. (%)
RS = Bedrock (Smooth) - (Larger than a car)
RR = Bedrock ( Rough) - (Larger than a car)
RC = Concrete/Asphalt
XB = Large Boulder (1000 to 4000 mm) - (Meterstick to car)
SB = Small Boulder (250 to 1000 mm) - (Basketball to meterstick)
CB = Cobble (64 to 250 mm) - (Tennis ball to Basketball)
GC = Coarse Gravel (16 to 64 mm) - (Marble to Tennis ball)
GF = Fine Gravel (2 to 16 mm) - (Ladybug to marble)
SA = Sand (0.06 to 2 mm) - (Gritty - up to Ladybug size)
100
FN = Silt / Clay / Muck - (Not Gritty)
100
HP = Hardpan - (Firm, Consolidated Fine Substrate)
WD = Wood - (Any Size)
OT = Other (Write comment below)
FISH
COVER/
OTHER
0 = Absent (0%)
1 = Sparse (<10%)
2 = Moderate (10-40%)
3 = Heavy (40-75%)
4 = Very Heavy (>75%)
(circle one)
Cover in Channel Flag
Filamentous Algae
0 12 3 4
Macrophytes
0 12 3 4
Woody Debris
>0.3 m (BIG)
0 12 3 4
Brush/Woody Debris
<0.3 m (SMALL)
0 12 3 4
Live Trees or Roots
0 12 3 4
Overhanging Veg.
=<1 m of Surface
0 12 3 4
Undercut Banks
0 12 3 4
Boulders
0 12 3 4
Artificial Structures
0 12 3 4
BANK MEASUREMENTS
Left
Right
Bank Angle Undercut
0 - 360 Dist. (m) Flag
Wetted Width XXX.X m
Bar Width XX.X m
Bankfull Width XXX.X m
Bankfull Height XX.X m
Incised Height XX.X m
CANOPY COVER MEASUREMENTS
DENSIOMETER (0-17Max)
Flag
Flag
CenUp
CenR
CenL
Left
CenDwn
Right
Flag codes: K = Sample not collected; U = Suspect sample; F1, F2,
etc. = misc. flag assigned by field crew. Explain all flags in comment
sections.
0
h-
LO
CD
h-
(N
Flag Comments
04/02/2002 2002 PHAB Chan/Riparian - Str
VISUAL RIPARIAN
ESTIMATES
0 = Absent (0%) D = Deciduous
1 = Sparse (<10%) C = Coniferous
2 = Moderate (10-40%) E = Broad leaf Evergreen
3 = Heavy (40-75%) M = Mixed
4= Very Heavy (>75%) N = None
RIPARIAN
VEGETATION COVER
Left Bank
Right Bank
Flag
Canopy (>5 m high)
Vegetation Type
D C E M N
D C E M N
BIG Trees (Trunk
>0.3 m DBH)
0 12 3 4
0 12 3 4
SMALL Trees (Trunk
<0.3 m DBH)
0 12 3 4
0 12 3 4
Understory (0.5 to 5 m high)
Vegetation Type
D C E M N
D C E M N
Woody Shrubs &
Saplings
0 12 3 4
0 12 3 4
Non-Woody Herbs,
Grasses, & Forbs
0 12 3 4
0 12 3 4
Ground Cover (<0.5 m high)
Woody Shrubs
& Saplings
0 12 3 4
0 12 3 4
Non-Woody Herbs,
Grasses and Forbs
0 12 3 4
0 12 3 4
Barren, Bare Dirt
or Duff
0 12 3 4
0 12 3 4
HUMAN
INFLUENCE
0 = Not Present P = >10 m C = Within 10 m B = On Bank
Left Bank
Right Bank
Flag
Wall/Dike/Revetment
/Riprap/Dam
0 P C B
0 P C B
Buildings
0 P C B
0 P C B
Pavement/Cleared Lot
0 P C B
0 P C B
Road/Railroad
0 P C B
0 P C B
Pipes (Inlet/Outlet)
0 P C B
0 P C B
Landfill/Trash
0 P C B
0 P C B
Park/Lawn
0 P C B
0 P C B
Row Crops
0 P C B
0 P C B
Pasture/Range/Hay Field
0 P C B
0 P C B
Logging Operations
0 P C B
0 P C B
Mining Activity
0 P C B
0 P C B
-------
PHAB: THALWEG PROFILE & WOODY DEBRIS FORM STREAMS Reviewed by (initial):.
SITE ID:
DATE:
I
/ 2 0 0 3 TRANSECT:
~ A-B ~ B-C ~ C-D ~ D-E ~ E-F
~ F-G ~ G-H ~ H-l ~ l-J ~ J-K
THALWEG PROFILE
For Transect A-B ONLY:
Increment (m) X.X:
Total Reach Length (m):
STA-
TION
THALWEG
WETTED WIDTH
BAR WIDTH 1
SOFT
/SMALL
CHANNEL
POOL
FORM
CODE
SIDE
BACK
DEPTH (cm) (XXX)
(m) (XXX.X)
Present
xx.x
SEDI-
MENT
UNIT CODE
CHANNEL
WATER
FLAG
COMMENTS
0
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
1
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
2
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
3
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
4
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
*5
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
6
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
*7
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
8
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
9
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
10
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
11
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
12
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
13
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
14
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
N
SUBSTRATE
FLAG
Station (5 or
7)
LFT LCTR CTR RCTR RGT
FLAG
COMMENTS (for SUBSTRATE and LWD)
LARGE WOODY DEBRIS
(s 10 cm small end diameter; a 1.5 m length)
DIAMETER
LARGE END
CHECK IF UNMARKED
BOXES ARE ZERO
~
PIECES ALL/PART IN BANKFULL CHANNEL
Length 1.5-5m 5-15m
>15m
FLAG
PIECES BRIDGE ABOVE BANKFULL CHANNEL
Length 1.5-5m 5-15m
>15m
0.1-<0.3 m
SUBSTRATE SIZE CLASS CODES
RS = BEDROCK (SMOOTH) - (LARGER THAN A CAR)
RR = BEDROCK ( ROUGH) - (LARGER THAN A CAR)
RC = CONCRETE/ASPHALT
XB = LG. BOULDER (1000 TO 4000 mm) - METERSTICK TO CAR)
SB = SM. BOULDER (250 TO 1000 mm) - BASKETBALL TO METERSTICK)
CB = COBBLE (64 TO 250 mm) - (TENNIS BALL TO BASKETBALL)
GC = COARSE GRAVEL (16 TO 64 mm) - (MARBLE TO TENNIS BALL)
GF = FINE GRAVEL (2 TO 16 mm) - (LADYBUG TO MARBLE)
SA = SAND (0.06 TO 2 mm) - (GRITTY - UP TO LADYBUG SIZE)
FN = SILT/CLAY/MUCK-(NOT GRITTY)
HP = HARDPAN - (FIRM, CONSOLIDATED FINE SUBSTRATE)
WD = WOOD - (ANY SIZE)
OT = OTHER (COMMENT ON OTHER SIDE)
POOL FORM CODES
CHANNEL UNIT CODES
N = Not a pool
W = Large Woody Debris
R = Rootwad
B = Boulder or Bedrock
F = Unknown, fluvial
COMBINATIONS:
eg. WR, BR, WRB
PP = Pool, Plunge
PT = Pool, Trench
PL = Pool, Lateral Scour
PB = Pool, Backwater
PD = Pool, Impoundment
GL = Glide
Rl = Riffle
RA = Rapid
CA = Cascade
FA = Falls
DR = Dry Channel
0.3-0.6 m
0.6-0.8 m
>0.8 m
Flag Codes: K = no measurement made; U = suspect measurement; F1, F2, ect. = flags assigned by each field crew; G1, G2, etc. for flags not specific to one station. Explain
all flags in comments. 1 = Measure Bar Width at Station 0 and Mid-Station (5 or 7).
04/03/2002 2002 Phab Thalweg Stream
-------
PHab: SLOPE AND BEARING FORM - STREAMS
Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID:
DATE:
I 2 0 0 3
MAIN (always usee
)
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL
SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL
TRANSECT & METHOD
Mark method for every Transect
Slope(%) or Elev.
Diff. (cm)
Mark Units for every Transect
BEARING
0-359
PROPOR-
TION %
Slope(%) or
Elev. Diff. (cm)
BEARING
0-359
PROPOR-
TION %
Slope(%) or
Elev. Diff. (cm)
BEARING
0-359
PROPOR-
TION %
FLAG
A < B
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
~ cm
B < C
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
~ cm
C < D
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
i i
~ cm
D < E
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
l l
~ cm
E < F
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
i i
~ cm
F < G
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
l l
~ cm
G < H
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
i i
~ cm
H < I
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
l l
~ cm
I < J
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
l l
~ cm
J < K
~ CL
~ HL
~ LA
~ TR
~ WT
~ Other
~ %
l l
~ cm
00
00
co
in
FLAG
COMMENT
First
Supple
mental
Main
Flag codes: K = Sample not collected; U = Suspect sample; F1, F2, M (M = Method - used for method comment only) = flag assigned by field crew. Explain all flags in comment sections
03/20/2003 2003 Phab Slope CL=Clinometer; HL=Hand Level; LA=Laser rangefinder with electronic clinometer; TR=Transit, surveyors level or total station; WT=Water Tubing.
-------
-------
RIPARIAN "LEGACY" TREES AND INVASIVE ALIEN PLANTS
Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID:
DATE:
I 2 0 0 3
0
LARGEST POTENTIAL LEGACY TREE VISIBLE FROM THIS STATION
ALIEN PLANT SPECIES PRESENT IN LEFT
AND RIGHT RIPARIAN PLOTS
Tran
Trees
not
Visible
DBH
(m)
Height
(m)
Dist. from
wetted
margin
m
Type
Taxonomic Category
Check all that are present
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ ,3-.75
l~l <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass
~ Engl Ivy
~ Ch Grass
~ Salt Ced
~ CanThis
~ M This
~ Hblack
~ Teasel
~ Spurge
~ G Reed
~ C Burd
~ Rus Ol
B
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-.3 ~ >2
~ ,3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass
~ Engl Ivy
~ Ch Grass
~ Salt Ced
~ CanThis
~ M This
~ Hblack
~ Teasel
~ Spurge
~ G Reed
~ C Burd
~ Rus Ol
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass
~ Engl Ivy
~ Ch Grass
~ Salt Ced
~ CanThis
~ M This
~ Hblack
~ Teasel
~ Spurge
~ G Reed
~ C Burd
~ Rus Ol
INSTRUCTIONS
Potential Legacy trees are defined as the largest tree
within your search area, which is as far as you can see, but
within maximum limits as follows:
Wadeable Streams: Confine search to no more than
50 m from left and right bank and extending upstream to
next transect (for 'K' look upstream 4 channel widths)
Non-wadeable Rivers: Confine search to no more than
100 m from left and right bank and extending both
upstream and downstream as far as you can see
confidently.
Alien Plants: Confine search to riparian plots on left and
right bank
Wadeable Streams: 10 m x 10 m
Non-wadeable Rivers: 10 m x 20 m
Not all aliens are to be identified in all states. See Field
Manual and Plant Identification Guide.
TAXONOMIC CATEGORIES
Acacia/Mesquite
Alder/Birch
Ash
Maple/Boxelder
Oak
Poplar/Cottonwood
Sycamore
Willow
Unknown or Other Deciduous
Cedar/Cypress/Sequoia
Fir (including Douglas fir and hemlock)
Juniper
Pine
Spruce
Unknown or Other Conifer
ALIEN SPECIES
RC Grass
Reed canarygrass
Phalaris arundinacea
Engl Ivy
English ivy
Hedera helix
ChGrass
Cheat grass
Bromus tectorum
Salt Ced
Salt Cedar
Tamarix spp.
Can This
Canada thistle
Cirsium arvense
M This
Musk thistle
Carduus nutans
Hblack
Himalayan blackberry
Rub us discolor
Teasel
Teasel
Dipsacus fullonum
Spurae
Leafv spurae
Euphorbia esula
G Reed
Giant reed
Arundo donax
C Burd
Common burdock
Arctim minus
Rus Ol
Russian-olive
Elaeagnus angustifolia
Unknown or Other Broadleaf Evergreen
Snag (Dead tree of any species)
Transects D to K continued on other side
COMMENTS
03/26/2001 2001 Riparian Legacy Trees
-------
RIPARIAN "LEGACY" TREES AND INVASIVE ALIEN PLANTS
Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID:
DATE:
I I I I
/ 2 0 0 3
_i i i i i i
Tran
LARGEST POTENTIAL LEGACY TREE VISIBLE FROM THIS STATION
ALIEN PLANT SPECIES PRESENT IN LEFT
AND RIGHT RIPARIAN PLOTS
Trees
not
Visible
DBH
(m)
Height
(m)
Dist. from
wetted
margin
(m)
Type
Taxonomic Category
Check all that are present
D
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
I I <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ Hblack ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
E
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ H black ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
F
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
1 1 <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ H black ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
G
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ H black ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
H
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ H black ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
I
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ H black ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
J
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ H black ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
K
~
~ 0-0.1 ~ .75-2
~ .1-3 ~ >2
~ .3-.75
~ <5
~ 5-15
~ 15-30
~ >30
~ Deciduous
~ Coniferous
~ Broadleaf
Evergreen
~
NONE
~ RC Grass ~ Salt Ced ~ H black ~ G Reed
~ Engl Ivy ~ CanThis ~ Teasel ~ C Burd
~ Ch Grass ~ M This ~ Spurge ~ Rus Ol
03/26/2001 2001 Riparian Legacy Trees
-------
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT AND FIELD CHEMISTRY - STREAMS/RIVERS
Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3
i i i i i i i i i i i
IN SITU MEASUREMENTS
Station ID: (Assume X-site unless marked)
Comments
STREAM/RIVER DO mg/l:
(optional)
STREAM RIVER TEMP. (°C):
i i i"' '
TIME OF DAY:
i i ii i i
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT
CHANNEL PATTERN (Check One)
~ One channel
~ Anastomosing (complex) channel - (Relatively long major and minor channels branching and rejoining.)
~ Braided channel - (Multiple short channels branching and rejoining - mainly one channel broken up by
numerous mid-channel bars.)
CHANNEL CONSTRAINT (Check One)
~ Channel very constrained in V-shaped valley (i.e. it is very unlikely to spread out over valley or erode a
new channel during flood)
~ Channel is in Broad Valley but channel movement by erosion during floods is constrained by Incision (Flood
flows do not commonly spread over valley floor or into multiple channels.)
~ Channel is in Narrow Valley but is not very constrained, but limited in movement by relatively narrow
valley floor (< ~10 x bankfull width)
~ Channel is Unconstrained in Broad Valley (i.e. during flood it can fill off-channel areas and side channels,
spread out over flood plain, or easily cut new channels by erosion)
CONSTRAINING FEATURES (Check One)
~ Bedrock (i.e. channel is a bedrock-dominated gorge)
~ Hillslope (i.e. channel constrained in narrow V-shaped valley)
~ Terrace (i.e. channel is constrained by its own incision into river/stream gravel/soil deposits)
~ Human Bank Alterations (i.e. constrained by rip-rap, landfill, dike, road, etc.)
~ No constraining features
Percent of channel length with margin % ;
in contact with constraining feature: 1 1 1 1
(0-100%)
Bankfull width: /m\
i i * i
Valley width (Visual Estimated Average): (m)
Note: Be sure to include distances between both sides of valley border for valley width.
If you cannot see the valley borders, record the ¦—.
distance you can see and mark this box. LJ
Comments
Percent of Channel Margin Examples
100%
100%
38480
03/26/2001 2001 Chan Con/Fid Chem ~~
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
TORRENT EVIDENCE ASSESSMENT FORM - STREAMS
SITE ID: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3
I I I I I I I I I I I
TORRENT EVIDENCE
Please X any of the following that are evident.
EVIDENCE OF TORRENT SCOURING:
~
01 - Stream channel has a recently devegetated corridor two or more times the width of the low flow channel. This
corridor lacks riparian vegetation with possible exception of fireweed, even-aged alder or cottonwood seedlings,
grasses, or other herbaceous plants.
~
02 - Stream substrate cobbles or large gravel particles are NOT IMBRICATED. (Imbricated means that they lie with flat
sides horizontal and that they are stacked like roof shingles - imagine the upstream direction as the top of the "roof.") In
a torrent scour or deposition channel, the stones are laying in unorganized patterns, lying "every which way." In addition
many of the substrate particles are angular (not "water-worn.")
~
03 - Channel has little evidence of pool-riffle structure. (For example, could you ride a mountain bike down the channel?)
~
04 - The stream channel is scoured down to bedrock for substantial portion of reach.
~
05 - There are gravel or cobble berms (little levees) above bankfull level.
~
06 - Downstream of the scoured reach (possibly several miles), there are massive deposits of sediment, logs, and other
debris.
~
07 - Riparian trees have fresh bark scars at many points along the stream at seemingly unbelievable heights above the
channel bed.
~
08 - Riparian trees have fallen into the channel as a result of scouring near their roots.
EVIDENCE OF TORRENT DEPOSITS:
~
09 - There are massive deposits of sediment, logs, and other debris in the reach. They may contain wood and boulders
that, in your judgement, could not have been moved by the stream at even extreme flood stage.
~
10 - If the stream has begun to erode newly laid deposits, it is evident that these deposits are "MATRIX SUPPORTED."
This means that the large particles, like boulders and cobbles, are often not touching each other, but have silt, sand, and
other fine particles between them (their weight is supported by these fine particles - in contrast to a normal stream
deposit, where fines, if present, normally "fill-in" the interstices between coarser particles.)
NO EVIDENCE:
~
11 - No evidence of torrent scouring or torrent deposits.
COMMENTS
511{
03/26/2001 2001 Torrrent Evidence
-------
SAMPLE COLLECTION FORM - STREAMS Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID:
DATE:
I
I 2 0 0 3
WATER CHEMISTRY
Sample ID
Transect
Comments
I I I 1—
REACH-WIDE BENTHOS SAMPLE
Sample ID
No. of Jars
Comment
TRANSECT
B
H
I
K
SUBSTRATE CHAN.
Sub. Chan
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Sub. Chan.
Fine/Sand
Gravel
Coarse
Other: Note in
Comments
Pool
Glide
Riffle
Rapid
~ f
~ a
~ c
~ °
~ p
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ a
~ c
~ °
~ p
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ g
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ g
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ g
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ g
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ G
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ g
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ G
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ G
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
~ F
~ G
~ c
~ °
~ P
~ GL
~ Rl
~ RA
TARG
ETE
D RIFFLE BE
MTHOS SAMPLE
Sample ID
No. of Jars
Comment
NEAREST
TRANSECT
Fine/Sand
Gravel
Coarse
o Other: Note in
Comments
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
~ F/S
~ G
~ C
~ O
SUBSTRATE SIZE CLASSES
F/S - ladybug or smaller (<2 mm)
G - ladybug to tennis ball (2 to 64
mm)
C - tennis ball to car sized (64 to
4000 mm)
O - bedrock, hardpan, wood, etc
Additional Benthos Comments
COMPOSITE PERIPHYTON SAMPLE
Sample ID
I I I I I I I
Composite Volume (ml_)
I I I I I
Number of transects sampled (0-11):
Assemblage ID
(50-mL tube, preserved)
Chlorophyll
(GF/F filter)
Biomass
(GF/F Filter)
Sample Vol. (mL)
Flag
Sample Vol. (mL)
Flag
Sample Vol. (mL)
Flag
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
i i i i
Flag
¦ ¦ ¦ ¦
¦ ¦ ¦ _i
i i i i
Comments
Flag codes: K = Sample not collected; U = Suspect sample; F1, F2, etc. = misc. flag assigned by field crew. Explain all flags in comment sections.
24679
04/11/2002 2002 Sample Collection
-------
STREAM DISCHARGE FORM
Reviewed by (Initials):
SITE ID:
DATE:
I
/ 2 0 0 3
i i i i i i i i i i t
~ Velocity Area
~ Timed Filling
Distance Units
~ ft ~ cm
Depth Units
~ ft ~ cm
Velocity Units
~ ft/s XX.X ~ m/s X.XX
Final measurement should be left bank.)
Dist. from Bank
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
0
Depth
Velocity
Flag
Repeat
Volume (L)
Time (s)
Flag
~ Neutral Bouyant Object
Float Dist.
~ ft ~ m
Float Time
(s)
Flag
Float 1
i i i
i i i i
Float 2
i i t
i i i I
Float 3
i i i I
Cross Sections on Float Reach
Width
~ ft ~ m
Depth 1
~ ft ~ cm
Depth 2
Depth 3
Depth 4
Depth 5
Upper Section Middle Section Lower Section
I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I t
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
~ Q Value
If discharge is determined directly
in field, record value here: Q =
~ cfs ~ m3/s
FLAG
Flag
Comments
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
Flag Codes: K = No measurement or observation made; U = Suspect measurement or observation; Q = Unacceptable QC
check associated with measurement; Z = Last station measured (if not Station 20); F1, F2, etc. = Miscellaneous flags
assigned by each field crew. Explain all flags in comments section.
02/19/2003 2003 Stream Discharge
56248
-------
STREAM ASSESSMENT FORM - STREAMS/RIVERS Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID:
DATE:
—I I I—
—I I I—
I 2 0 0 3
—i i i i
WATERSHED ACTIVITIES AND DISTURBANCES OBSERVED (Intensity: Blank=Not observed, L=Low, M = Moderate, H=Heavy)
Residential
Recreational
Agricultural
Industrial
Stream Management
M H Residences
M H Maintained Lawns
M H Construction
M H Pipes, Drains
M H Dumping
M H Roads
M H Bridge/Culverts
M H Sewage Treatment
M H Hiking Trails
M H Parks, Campgrounds
M H Primitive Parks, Camping
M H Trash/Litter
M H Surface Films
M
M
M
M
M
M
H Cropland
H Pasture
H Livestock Use
H Orchards
H Poultry
H Irrigation Equip.
M H Water Withdrawal
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
H industrial Plants
H Mines/Quarries
H Oil/Gas Wells
H Power Plants
H Logging
H Evidence of Fire
H Odors
H Commercial
M H Liming
M H Chemical Treatment
M H Angling Pressure
M H Dredging
M H Channelization
M H Water Level Fluctuations
M H Fish Stocking
M H Dams
SITE CHARACTERISTICS (200 m radius)
Waterbody
Character
Pristine ns D4 D3 D2 CM Highly Disturbed
Appealing ~ 5 ~ 4 ~ 3 ~ 2 II|1 Unappealing
Beaver
Beaver Signs: ~ Absent ~ Rare
Beaver Flow Modifications: ~ None ~ Minor
~ Common
~ Major
Dominant
Land Use
Dominant Land Use i- . i—i . - i—i ,,
Around X' ~ Forest ~ Agriculture ~ Range
If Forest, Dominant Age
~ Urban
~ Suburban/Town
Class
~ 0 - 25 yrs.
~ 25 - 75 yrs. ~ > 75 yrs.
WEATHER
GENERAL ASSESSMENT (Biotic integrity, Vegetation diversity, Local anecdotal information)
39447
03/26/2001 2001 Stream Assessment
-------
STREAM ASSESSMENT FORM - STREAM/RIVERS (cont.)
Reviewed by (initial):
SITE ID: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3
I I I I I I I I I I I
GENERAL ASSESSMENT (continued)
03/26/2001 2001 Stream Assessment
39447
fSU ¦
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: RIFFLE/RUN - STREAM
SITE ID: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3
HABITAT
PARAMETER
CONDITION CATEGORY
OPTIMAL
SUB-OPTIMAL
MARGINAL
POOR
1. Epifaunal
Substrate/
Available Cov
Score:
er
Greater than 70% of substrate
favorable for epifaunal
colonization and fish cover; mix
of snags, submerged logs,
undercut banks, cobble or other
stable habitat and at stage to
allow full colonization potential;
(i.e., logs/snags that are NOT
new fall and NOT transient.)
20 19 18 17 16
40-70% mix of stable habitat;
well-suited for full colonization
potential; adequate habitat for
maintainance of populations;
presence of additional
substrate in the form of
newfall, but not yet prepared for
colonization (may rate at high
end of scale).
15 14 13 12 11
20-40% mix of stable
habitat; habitat availability
less than desirable;
substrate frequently
disturbed or removed.
10 9 8 7 6
Less than 20% stable habitat;
lack of habitat is obvious;
substrate unstable or
lacking.
5 4 3 2 1 0
2. Embeddedn
Score:
ess
Gravel, cobble, and boulder
particles are 0-25% surrounded
by fine sediment. Layering of
cobble provides diversity of
niche space.
20 19 18 17 16
Gravel, cobble, and boulder
particles are 25-50%
surrounded by fine sediment.
15 14 13 12 11
Gravel, cobble, and
boulder particles are
50-75% surrounded by
fine sediment.
10 9 8 7 6
Gravel, cobble, and boulder
particles are more than 75%
surrounded by fine sediment.
5 4 3 2 1 0
3. Velocity/Dept
Regime
Score:
h
All four velocity/depth regimes
present (slow-deep,
slow-shallow, fast-deep,
fast-shallow). (Slow is less than
0.3 m/s, deep is greater than 0.5
m.)
20 19 18 17 16
Only 3 of the 4 regimes present
(if fast-shallow is missing,
score lower than if missing
other regimes).
15 14 13 12 11
Only 2 of the 4 habitat
regimes present (if
fast-shallow or
slow-shallow are missing,
score low).
10 9 8 7 6
Dominated by 1
velocity/depth regime
(usually slow-deep).
5 4 3 2 1 0
4. Sediment
Deposition
Score:
Little or no enlargement of
islands or point bars and less
than 5% of the bottom affected
by sediment deposition.
20 19 18 17 16
Some new increases in bar
formation, mostly from gravel,
sand or fine sediment; 5-30% of
the bottom affected; slight
deposition in pools.
15 14 13 12 11
Moderate deposition of
new gravel, sand or fine
sediment on old and new
bars; 30-50% of the
bottom affected; sediment
deposits at obstructions,
constrictions, and bends;
moderate deposition of
pools prevalent.
10 9 8 7 6
Heavy deposits of fine
material; increased bar
development; more than 50%
of the bottom changing
frequently; pools almost
absent due to substantial
sediment deposition.
5 4 3 2 1 0
5. Channel
Flow Status
Score:
Water reaches base of both
lower banks, and minimal
amount of channel substrate is
exposed.
20 19 18 17 16
Water fills over 75% of the
available channel; or less than
25% of channel substrate is
exposed.
15 14 13 12 11
Water fills 25-75% of the
available channel, and/or
riffle substrates are
mostly exposed.
10 9 8 7 6
Very little water in channel
and mostly present as
standing pools.
5 4 3 2 1 0
6. Channel
Alteration
Score:
Channelization or dredging
absent or minimal; stream with
normal pattern.
20 19 18 17 16
Some channelization present,
usually in areas of bridge
abutments; evidence of past
channelization, i.e., dredging,
(greater than past 20 yr) may be
present, but recent
channelization is not present.
15 14 13 12 11
Channelization may be
extensive; embankments
or shoring structures
present on both banks;
and 40 to 80% of stream
reach channelized and
disrupted.
10 9 8 7 6
Banks shored with gabion or
cement; over 80% of the
stream reach channelized
and disrupted. Instream
habitat greatly altered or
removed entirely.
5 4 3 2 1 0
04/14/2000 2000 Riffle Run
3099
E&2
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: RIFFLE/RUN (continued) - STREAM
SITE ID: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3
l l I I I I I I I I I
HABITAT PARAMETER
CONDITION CATEGORY
OPTIMAL
SUB-OPTIMAL
MARGINAL
POOR
7. Frequency
of Riffles
(or bends)
Occurrence of riffles relatively
frequent; ratio of distance
between riffles divided by width
of the stream greater than 7:1
(generally 5 to 7); variety of
habitat is key. In streams where
riffles are continuous,
placement of boulders or other
large, natural obstruction is
important.
Occurrence of riffles infrequent;
distance between riffles divided
by width of stream is between 7
to 15.
Occasional riffle or bend;
bottom contours provide
some habitat; distance
between riffles divided by
width of stream is
between 15 to 25.
Generally all flat water or
shallow riffles; poor habitat;
distance between riffles
divided by width of stream is
a ratio of over 25.
Score:
20 19 18 17 16
15 14 13 12 11
10 9 8 7 6
5 4 3 2 1 0
8. Bank Stability
(score each bank)
NOTE: Determine left or right
side by facing downstream.
Banks stable; evidence of
erosion or bank failure absent or
minimal; little potential for future
problems. Less than 5% of bank
affected.
Moderately stable; infrequent,
small areas of erosion mostly
healed over. 5-30% of bank in
reach has areas of erosion.
Moderately unstable;
30-60% of bank in reach
has areas of erosion; high
erosion potential during
floods.
Unstable; many eroded
areas; "raw" areas frequent
along straight sections and
bends; obvious bank
sloughing; 60-100% of bank
has erosional scars.
Left Bank Score:
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
9. Vegetative
Protection
(score each bank)
More than 90% of the
streambank surfaces and
immediate riparian zone covered
by native vegetation, including
trees, understory shrubs, or
nonwoody macrophytes;
vegetative disruption through
grazing or mowing minimal or
not evident; almost all plants
allowed to grow naturally.
70-90% if the streambank
surfaces covered by native
vegetation; but one class of
plants is not well represented;
disruption evident but not
affecting full plant growth
potential to any great extent;
more than one-half of the
potential plant stubble height
remaining.
50-70% of the streambank
surfaces covered by
vegetation; disruptions
obvious; patches of bare
soil or closely cropped
vegetation common; less
than one-half of the
potential plant stubble
height remaining.
Less than 50% of the
streambank surfaces
covered by vegetation;
disruption of streambank
vegetation is very high;
vegetation has been removed
to 5 centimeters or less in
average stubble height.
Left Bank Score:
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
10. Riparian Vegetative
Zone Width
(score each bank)
Width of riparian zone greater
than 18 meters; human
activities (i.e., parking lots,
roadbeds, clear-cuts, lawns, or
crops) have not impacted the
zone.
Width of riparian zone 12-18
meters; human activities have
impacted zone only minimally.
Width of riparian zone
6-12 meters; human
activities have impacted
zone a great deal.
Width of riparian zone less
than 6 meters; little or no
riparian vegetation due to
human activities.
Left Bank Score:
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
3099
04/14/2000 2000 Riffle Run
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: GLIDE/POOL - STREAMS
SITE ID: DATE: / / 2 0 0 3
HABITAT
PARAMETER
CATEGORY
OPTIMAL
SUB-OPTIMAL
MARGINAL
POOR
1. Epifaunal
Substrate/
Available
Cover
Score:
Greater than 50% of substrate
favorable for epifaunal
colonization and fish cover;
mix of snags, submerged logs,
undercut banks, cobble or
other stable habitat and at
stage to allow full colonization
potential (i.e. logs/snags that
are NOT new fall and NOT
transient.)
20 19 18 17 16
30-50% mix of stable habitat;
well-suited for full colonization
potential; adequate habitat for
maintenance of populations;
presence of additional
substrate in the form of
newfall, but not yet prepared
for colonization (may rate at
high end of scale).
15 14 13 12 11
10-30% mix of stable
habitat; habitat
availability less than
desirable; substrate
frequently disturbed or
removed.
10 9 8 7 6
Less than 10% stable habitat;
lack of habitat is obvious;
substrate unstable or lacking.
5 4 3 2 1 0
2. Pool Substrc
Characterize
Score:
ate
ition
Mixture of substrate materials,
with gravel and firm sand
prevalent; root mats and
submerged vegetation
common.
20 19 18 17 16
Mixture of soft sand, mud, or
clay; mud may be dominant;
some root mats and submerged
vegetation present.
15 14 13 12 11
All mud or clay or sand
bottom; little or no root
mat; no submerged
vegetation.
10 9 8 7 6
Hard-pan clay or bedrock; no
root mat or vegetation.
5 4 3 2 1 0
3. Pool
Variability
Score:
Even mix of large-shallow,
large-deep, small shallow,
small-deep pools present.
20 19 18 17 16
Majority of pools large-deep;
very few shallows.
15 14 13 12 11
Shallow pools much
more prevalent than deep
pools.
10 9 8 7 6
Majority of pools
small-shallow or absent.
5 4 3 2 1 0
4. Sediment
Deposition
Score:
Little or no enlargement of
islands or point bars and less
than 20% of the bottom
affected by sediment
deposition.
20 19 18 17 16
Some new increases in bar
formation, mostly from gravel,
sand or fine sediment; 20-50%
of the bottom affected; slight
deposition in pools.
15 14 13 12 11
Moderate deposition of
new gravel, sand or fine
sediment on old and new
bars; 50-80% of the
bottom affected;
sediment deposits at
obstructions,
constrictions, and bends;
moderate deposition of
pools prevalent.
10 9 8 7 6
Heavy deposits of fine
material; increased bar
development; more than 80%
of the bottom changing
frequently; pools almost
absent due to substantial
sediment deposition.
5 4 3 2 1 0
5. Channel
Flow Status
Score:
Water reaches base of both
lower banks, and minimal
amount of channel substrate is
exposed.
20 19 18 17 16
Water fills over 75% of the
available channel; or less than
25% of channel substrate is
exposed.
15 14 13 12 11
Water fills 25-75% of the
available channel, and/or
riffle substrates are
mostly exposed.
10 9 8 7 6
Very little water in channel
and mostly present as
standing pools.
5 4 3 2 1 0
6. Channel
Alteration
Score:
Channelization or dredging
absent or minimal; stream with
normal pattern.
20 19 18 17 16
Some channelization present,
usually in areas of bridge
abutments; evidence of past
channelization, i.e., dredging,
(greater than past 20 yr) may be
present, but recent
channelization is not present.
15 14 13 12 11
Channelization may be
extensive; embankments
or shoring structures
present on both banks;
and 40 to 80% of stream
reach channelized and
disrupted.
10 9 8 7 6
Banks shored with gabion or
cement; over 80% of the
stream reach channelized
and disrupted. Instream
habitat greatly altered or
removed entirely.
5 4 3 2 1 0
1476
FT
04/14/2000 2000 Glide Pool
-------
Reviewed by (Initials):
RAPID HABITAT ASSESSMENT FORM: GLIDE/POOL (continued)
- STREAMS
SITE ID: DATE: i
1 1 1
1 2 0 0 3
HABITAT
PARAMETER
CATEGORY
OPTIMAL
SUB-OPTIMAL
MARGINAL
POOR
7. Channel
Sinuosity
The bends in the stream
increase the stream length 3 to
4 times longer than if it was in
a straight line. (Note- channel
braiding is considered normal
in coastal plains and other
low-lying areas. This
parameter is not easily rated in
these areas.)
The bends in the stream
increase the stream length 2 to
3 times longer than if it was in a
straight line.
The bends in the stream
increase the stream
length 1 to 2 times longer
than if it was in a straight
line.
Channel straight; waterway
has been channelized for a
long distance.
Score:
20 19 18 17 16
15 14 13 12 11
10 9 8 7 6
5 4 3 2 1 0
8. Bank Stability
(score each bank)
NOTE: Determine left or right
side by facing downstream.
Banks stable; evidence of
erosion or bank failure absent
or minimal; little potential for
future problems. Less than 5%
of bank affected.
Moderately stable; infrequent,
small areas of erosion mostly
healed over. 5-30% of bank in
reach has areas of erosion.
Moderately unstable;
30-60% of bank in reach
has areas of erosion;
high erosion potential
during floods.
Unstable; many eroded
areas; "raw" areas frequent
along straight sections and
bends; obvious bank
sloughing; 60-100% of bank
has erosional scars.
Left Bank Score:
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
9. Vegetative
Protection
(score each bank)
More than 90% of the
streambank surfaces and
immediate riparian zone
covered by native vegetation,
including trees, understory
shrubs, or nonwoody
macrophytes; vegetative
disruption through grazing or
mowing minimal or not
evident; almost all plants
allowed to grow naturally.
70-90% if the streambank
surfaces covered by native
vegetation; but one class of
plants is not well represented;
disruption evident but not
affecting full plant growth
potential to any great extent;
more than one-half of the
potential plant stubble height
remaining.
50-70% of the streambank
surfaces covered by
vegetation; disruptions
obvious; patches of bare
soil or closely cropped
vegetation common; less
than one-half of the
potential plant stubble
height remaining.
Less than 50% of the
streambank surfaces
covered by vegetation;
disruption of streambank
vegetation is very high;
vegetation has been
removed to 5 centimeters or
less in average stubble
height.
Left Bank Score:
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
10. Riparian Vegetation
Zone Width
(score each bank)
Width of riparian zone greater
than 18 meters; human
activities (i.e., parking lots,
roadbeds, clear-cuts, lawns, or
crops) have not impacted the
zone.
Width of riparian zone 12-18
meters; human activities have
impacted zone only minimally.
Width of riparian zone
6-12 meters; human
activities have impacted
zone a great deal.
Width of riparian zone less
than 6 meters; little or no
riparian vegetation due to
human activities.
Left Bank Score:
Left Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
Right Bank Score:
Right Bank: 10 9
8 7 6
5 4 3
2 1 0
1476
[T
04/14/2000 2000 Glide Pool
------- |